Annotation of gcc/reload1.c, revision 1.1.1.4

1.1       root        1: /* Reload pseudo regs into hard regs for insns that require hard regs.
                      2:    Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
                      3: 
                      4: This file is part of GNU CC.
                      5: 
                      6: GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
                      7: it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                      8: the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
                      9: any later version.
                     10: 
                     11: GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                     12: but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                     13: MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                     14: GNU General Public License for more details.
                     15: 
                     16: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                     17: along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
                     18: the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
                     19: 
                     20: 
1.1.1.4 ! root       21: #include <stdio.h>
1.1       root       22: #include "config.h"
                     23: #include "rtl.h"
                     24: #include "obstack.h"
                     25: #include "insn-config.h"
                     26: #include "insn-flags.h"
                     27: #include "insn-codes.h"
                     28: #include "flags.h"
                     29: #include "expr.h"
                     30: #include "regs.h"
                     31: #include "hard-reg-set.h"
                     32: #include "reload.h"
                     33: #include "recog.h"
                     34: #include "basic-block.h"
                     35: #include "output.h"
                     36: 
                     37: /* This file contains the reload pass of the compiler, which is
                     38:    run after register allocation has been done.  It checks that
                     39:    each insn is valid (operands required to be in registers really
                     40:    are in registers of the proper class) and fixes up invalid ones
                     41:    by copying values temporarily into registers for the insns
                     42:    that need them.
                     43: 
                     44:    The results of register allocation are described by the vector
                     45:    reg_renumber; the insns still contain pseudo regs, but reg_renumber
                     46:    can be used to find which hard reg, if any, a pseudo reg is in.
                     47: 
                     48:    The technique we always use is to free up a few hard regs that are
                     49:    called ``reload regs'', and for each place where a pseudo reg
                     50:    must be in a hard reg, copy it temporarily into one of the reload regs.
                     51: 
                     52:    All the pseudos that were formerly allocated to the hard regs that
                     53:    are now in use as reload regs must be ``spilled''.  This means
                     54:    that they go to other hard regs, or to stack slots if no other
                     55:    available hard regs can be found.  Spilling can invalidate more
                     56:    insns, requiring additional need for reloads, so we must keep checking
                     57:    until the process stabilizes.
                     58: 
                     59:    For machines with different classes of registers, we must keep track
                     60:    of the register class needed for each reload, and make sure that
                     61:    we allocate enough reload registers of each class.
                     62: 
                     63:    The file reload.c contains the code that checks one insn for
                     64:    validity and reports the reloads that it needs.  This file
                     65:    is in charge of scanning the entire rtl code, accumulating the
                     66:    reload needs, spilling, assigning reload registers to use for
                     67:    fixing up each insn, and generating the new insns to copy values
                     68:    into the reload registers.  */
                     69: 
                     70: /* During reload_as_needed, element N contains a REG rtx for the hard reg
                     71:    into which pseudo reg N has been reloaded (perhaps for a previous insn). */
                     72: static rtx *reg_last_reload_reg;
                     73: 
                     74: /* Elt N nonzero if reg_last_reload_reg[N] has been set in this insn
                     75:    for an output reload that stores into reg N.  */
                     76: static char *reg_has_output_reload;
                     77: 
                     78: /* Indicates which hard regs are reload-registers for an output reload
                     79:    in the current insn.  */
                     80: static HARD_REG_SET reg_is_output_reload;
                     81: 
                     82: /* Element N is the constant value to which pseudo reg N is equivalent,
                     83:    or zero if pseudo reg N is not equivalent to a constant.
                     84:    find_reloads looks at this in order to replace pseudo reg N
                     85:    with the constant it stands for.  */
                     86: rtx *reg_equiv_constant;
                     87: 
                     88: /* Element N is a memory location to which pseudo reg N is equivalent,
                     89:    prior to any register elimination (such as frame pointer to stack
                     90:    pointer).  Depending on whether or not it is a valid address, this value
                     91:    is transferred to either reg_equiv_address or reg_equiv_mem.  */
1.1.1.3   root       92: rtx *reg_equiv_memory_loc;
1.1       root       93: 
                     94: /* Element N is the address of stack slot to which pseudo reg N is equivalent.
                     95:    This is used when the address is not valid as a memory address
                     96:    (because its displacement is too big for the machine.)  */
                     97: rtx *reg_equiv_address;
                     98: 
                     99: /* Element N is the memory slot to which pseudo reg N is equivalent,
                    100:    or zero if pseudo reg N is not equivalent to a memory slot.  */
                    101: rtx *reg_equiv_mem;
                    102: 
                    103: /* Widest width in which each pseudo reg is referred to (via subreg).  */
                    104: static int *reg_max_ref_width;
                    105: 
                    106: /* Element N is the insn that initialized reg N from its equivalent
                    107:    constant or memory slot.  */
                    108: static rtx *reg_equiv_init;
                    109: 
                    110: /* During reload_as_needed, element N contains the last pseudo regno
                    111:    reloaded into the Nth reload register.  This vector is in parallel
                    112:    with spill_regs.  If that pseudo reg occupied more than one register,
                    113:    reg_reloaded_contents points to that pseudo for each spill register in
                    114:    use; all of these must remain set for an inheritance to occur.  */
                    115: static int reg_reloaded_contents[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
                    116: 
                    117: /* During reload_as_needed, element N contains the insn for which
                    118:    the Nth reload register was last used.  This vector is in parallel
                    119:    with spill_regs, and its contents are significant only when
                    120:    reg_reloaded_contents is significant.  */
                    121: static rtx reg_reloaded_insn[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
                    122: 
                    123: /* Number of spill-regs so far; number of valid elements of spill_regs.  */
                    124: static int n_spills;
                    125: 
                    126: /* In parallel with spill_regs, contains REG rtx's for those regs.
                    127:    Holds the last rtx used for any given reg, or 0 if it has never
                    128:    been used for spilling yet.  This rtx is reused, provided it has
                    129:    the proper mode.  */
                    130: static rtx spill_reg_rtx[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
                    131: 
                    132: /* In parallel with spill_regs, contains nonzero for a spill reg
                    133:    that was stored after the last time it was used.
                    134:    The precise value is the insn generated to do the store.  */
                    135: static rtx spill_reg_store[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
                    136: 
                    137: /* This table is the inverse mapping of spill_regs:
                    138:    indexed by hard reg number,
                    139:    it contains the position of that reg in spill_regs,
                    140:    or -1 for something that is not in spill_regs.  */
                    141: static short spill_reg_order[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
                    142: 
                    143: /* This reg set indicates registers that may not be used for retrying global
                    144:    allocation.  The registers that may not be used include all spill registers
                    145:    and the frame pointer (if we are using one).  */
                    146: HARD_REG_SET forbidden_regs;
                    147: 
                    148: /* This reg set indicates registers that are not good for spill registers.
                    149:    They will not be used to complete groups of spill registers.  This includes
                    150:    all fixed registers, registers that may be eliminated, and registers
                    151:    explicitly used in the rtl.
                    152: 
                    153:    (spill_reg_order prevents these registers from being used to start a
                    154:    group.)  */
                    155: static HARD_REG_SET bad_spill_regs;
                    156: 
                    157: /* Describes order of use of registers for reloading
                    158:    of spilled pseudo-registers.  `spills' is the number of
                    159:    elements that are actually valid; new ones are added at the end.  */
                    160: static short spill_regs[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
                    161: 
                    162: /* Describes order of preference for putting regs into spill_regs.
                    163:    Contains the numbers of all the hard regs, in order most preferred first.
                    164:    This order is different for each function.
                    165:    It is set up by order_regs_for_reload.
                    166:    Empty elements at the end contain -1.  */
                    167: static short potential_reload_regs[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
                    168: 
                    169: /* 1 for a hard register that appears explicitly in the rtl
                    170:    (for example, function value registers, special registers
                    171:    used by insns, structure value pointer registers).  */
                    172: static char regs_explicitly_used[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
                    173: 
                    174: /* Indicates if a register was counted against the need for
                    175:    groups.  0 means it can count against max_nongroup instead.  */
                    176: static HARD_REG_SET counted_for_groups;
                    177: 
                    178: /* Indicates if a register was counted against the need for
                    179:    non-groups.  0 means it can become part of a new group.
                    180:    During choose_reload_regs, 1 here means don't use this reg
                    181:    as part of a group, even if it seems to be otherwise ok.  */
                    182: static HARD_REG_SET counted_for_nongroups;
                    183: 
                    184: /* Nonzero if indirect addressing is supported on the machine; this means
                    185:    that spilling (REG n) does not require reloading it into a register in
                    186:    order to do (MEM (REG n)) or (MEM (PLUS (REG n) (CONST_INT c))).  The
                    187:    value indicates the level of indirect addressing supported, e.g., two
                    188:    means that (MEM (MEM (REG n))) is also valid if (REG n) does not get
                    189:    a hard register.  */
                    190: 
                    191: static char spill_indirect_levels;
                    192: 
                    193: /* Nonzero if indirect addressing is supported when the innermost MEM is
                    194:    of the form (MEM (SYMBOL_REF sym)).  It is assumed that the level to
                    195:    which these are valid is the same as spill_indirect_levels, above.   */
                    196: 
                    197: char indirect_symref_ok;
                    198: 
                    199: /* Nonzero if an address (plus (reg frame_pointer) (reg ...)) is valid.  */
                    200: 
                    201: char double_reg_address_ok;
                    202: 
                    203: /* Record the stack slot for each spilled hard register.  */
                    204: 
                    205: static rtx spill_stack_slot[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
                    206: 
                    207: /* Width allocated so far for that stack slot.  */
                    208: 
                    209: static int spill_stack_slot_width[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
                    210: 
                    211: /* Indexed by register class and basic block number, nonzero if there is
                    212:    any need for a spill register of that class in that basic block.
                    213:    The pointer is 0 if we did stupid allocation and don't know
                    214:    the structure of basic blocks.  */
                    215: 
                    216: char *basic_block_needs[N_REG_CLASSES];
                    217: 
                    218: /* First uid used by insns created by reload in this function.
                    219:    Used in find_equiv_reg.  */
                    220: int reload_first_uid;
                    221: 
                    222: /* Flag set by local-alloc or global-alloc if anything is live in
                    223:    a call-clobbered reg across calls.  */
                    224: 
                    225: int caller_save_needed;
                    226: 
                    227: /* Set to 1 while reload_as_needed is operating.
                    228:    Required by some machines to handle any generated moves differently.  */
                    229: 
                    230: int reload_in_progress = 0;
                    231: 
                    232: /* These arrays record the insn_code of insns that may be needed to
                    233:    perform input and output reloads of special objects.  They provide a
                    234:    place to pass a scratch register.  */
                    235: 
                    236: enum insn_code reload_in_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
                    237: enum insn_code reload_out_optab[NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
                    238: 
1.1.1.2   root      239: /* This obstack is used for allocation of rtl during register elimination.
1.1       root      240:    The allocated storage can be freed once find_reloads has processed the
                    241:    insn.  */
                    242: 
                    243: struct obstack reload_obstack;
                    244: char *reload_firstobj;
                    245: 
                    246: #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
                    247: #define obstack_chunk_free free
                    248: 
                    249: /* List of labels that must never be deleted.  */
                    250: extern rtx forced_labels;
                    251: 
                    252: /* This structure is used to record information about register eliminations.
                    253:    Each array entry describes one possible way of eliminating a register
                    254:    in favor of another.   If there is more than one way of eliminating a
                    255:    particular register, the most preferred should be specified first.  */
                    256: 
                    257: static struct elim_table
                    258: {
                    259:   int from;                    /* Register number to be eliminated. */
                    260:   int to;                      /* Register number used as replacement. */
                    261:   int initial_offset;          /* Initial difference between values. */
                    262:   int can_eliminate;           /* Non-zero if this elimination can be done. */
                    263:   int can_eliminate_previous;  /* Value of CAN_ELIMINATE in previous scan over
                    264:                                   insns made by reload. */
                    265:   int offset;                  /* Current offset between the two regs. */
                    266:   int max_offset;              /* Maximum offset between the two regs. */
                    267:   int previous_offset;         /* Offset at end of previous insn. */
                    268:   int ref_outside_mem;         /* "to" has been referenced outside a MEM. */
                    269:   rtx from_rtx;                        /* REG rtx for the register to be eliminated.
                    270:                                   We cannot simply compare the number since
                    271:                                   we might then spuriously replace a hard
                    272:                                   register corresponding to a pseudo
                    273:                                   assigned to the reg to be eliminated. */
                    274:   rtx to_rtx;                  /* REG rtx for the replacement. */
                    275: } reg_eliminate[] =
                    276: 
                    277: /* If a set of eliminable registers was specified, define the table from it.
                    278:    Otherwise, default to the normal case of the frame pointer being
                    279:    replaced by the stack pointer.  */
                    280: 
                    281: #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
                    282:   ELIMINABLE_REGS;
                    283: #else
                    284:   {{ FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}};
                    285: #endif
                    286: 
                    287: #define NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS (sizeof reg_eliminate / sizeof reg_eliminate[0])
                    288: 
                    289: /* Record the number of pending eliminations that have an offset not equal
                    290:    to their initial offset.  If non-zero, we use a new copy of each
                    291:    replacement result in any insns encountered.  */
                    292: static int num_not_at_initial_offset;
                    293: 
                    294: /* Count the number of registers that we may be able to eliminate.  */
                    295: static int num_eliminable;
                    296: 
                    297: /* For each label, we record the offset of each elimination.  If we reach
                    298:    a label by more than one path and an offset differs, we cannot do the
                    299:    elimination.  This information is indexed by the number of the label.
                    300:    The first table is an array of flags that records whether we have yet
                    301:    encountered a label and the second table is an array of arrays, one
                    302:    entry in the latter array for each elimination.  */
                    303: 
                    304: static char *offsets_known_at;
                    305: static int (*offsets_at)[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS];
                    306: 
                    307: /* Number of labels in the current function.  */
                    308: 
                    309: static int num_labels;
                    310: 
                    311: void mark_home_live ();
                    312: static void count_possible_groups ();
                    313: static int possible_group_p ();
                    314: static void scan_paradoxical_subregs ();
                    315: static void reload_as_needed ();
                    316: static int modes_equiv_for_class_p ();
                    317: static void alter_reg ();
                    318: static void delete_dead_insn ();
1.1.1.4 ! root      319: static void spill_failure ();
1.1       root      320: static int new_spill_reg();
                    321: static void set_label_offsets ();
                    322: static int eliminate_regs_in_insn ();
                    323: static void mark_not_eliminable ();
                    324: static int spill_hard_reg ();
                    325: static void choose_reload_regs ();
                    326: static void emit_reload_insns ();
                    327: static void delete_output_reload ();
                    328: static void forget_old_reloads_1 ();
                    329: static void order_regs_for_reload ();
                    330: static rtx inc_for_reload ();
                    331: static int constraint_accepts_reg_p ();
                    332: static int count_occurrences ();
                    333: 
                    334: extern void remove_death ();
                    335: extern rtx adj_offsettable_operand ();
                    336: extern rtx form_sum ();
                    337: 
                    338: void
                    339: init_reload ()
                    340: {
                    341:   register int i;
                    342: 
                    343:   /* Often (MEM (REG n)) is still valid even if (REG n) is put on the stack.
                    344:      Set spill_indirect_levels to the number of levels such addressing is
                    345:      permitted, zero if it is not permitted at all.  */
                    346: 
                    347:   register rtx tem
                    348:     = gen_rtx (MEM, Pmode,
                    349:               gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode,
                    350:                        gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1),
1.1.1.4 ! root      351:                        GEN_INT (4)));
1.1       root      352:   spill_indirect_levels = 0;
                    353: 
                    354:   while (memory_address_p (QImode, tem))
                    355:     {
                    356:       spill_indirect_levels++;
                    357:       tem = gen_rtx (MEM, Pmode, tem);
                    358:     }
                    359: 
                    360:   /* See if indirect addressing is valid for (MEM (SYMBOL_REF ...)).  */
                    361: 
                    362:   tem = gen_rtx (MEM, Pmode, gen_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, Pmode, "foo"));
                    363:   indirect_symref_ok = memory_address_p (QImode, tem);
                    364: 
                    365:   /* See if reg+reg is a valid (and offsettable) address.  */
                    366: 
1.1.1.4 ! root      367:   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
        !           368:     {
        !           369:       tem = gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode,
        !           370:                     gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM),
        !           371:                     gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, i));
        !           372:       /* This way, we make sure that reg+reg is an offsettable address.  */
        !           373:       tem = plus_constant (tem, 4);
1.1       root      374: 
1.1.1.4 ! root      375:       if (memory_address_p (QImode, tem))
        !           376:        {
        !           377:          double_reg_address_ok = 1;
        !           378:          break;
        !           379:        }
        !           380:     }
1.1       root      381: 
                    382:   /* Initialize obstack for our rtl allocation. */
                    383:   gcc_obstack_init (&reload_obstack);
                    384:   reload_firstobj = (char *) obstack_alloc (&reload_obstack, 0);
                    385: 
                    386: #ifdef HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS
                    387: 
                    388:   /* Initialize the optabs for doing special input and output reloads.  */
                    389: 
                    390:   for (i = 0; i < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; i++)
                    391:     reload_in_optab[i] = reload_out_optab[i] = CODE_FOR_nothing;
                    392: 
                    393: #ifdef HAVE_reload_inqi
                    394:   if (HAVE_reload_inqi)
                    395:     reload_in_optab[(int) QImode] = CODE_FOR_reload_inqi;
                    396: #endif
                    397: #ifdef HAVE_reload_inhi
                    398:   if (HAVE_reload_inhi)
                    399:     reload_in_optab[(int) HImode] = CODE_FOR_reload_inhi;
                    400: #endif
                    401: #ifdef HAVE_reload_insi
                    402:   if (HAVE_reload_insi)
                    403:     reload_in_optab[(int) SImode] = CODE_FOR_reload_insi;
                    404: #endif
                    405: #ifdef HAVE_reload_indi
                    406:   if (HAVE_reload_indi)
                    407:     reload_in_optab[(int) DImode] = CODE_FOR_reload_indi;
                    408: #endif
                    409: #ifdef HAVE_reload_inti
                    410:   if (HAVE_reload_inti)
                    411:     reload_in_optab[(int) TImode] = CODE_FOR_reload_inti;
                    412: #endif
                    413: #ifdef HAVE_reload_insf
                    414:   if (HAVE_reload_insf)
                    415:     reload_in_optab[(int) SFmode] = CODE_FOR_reload_insf;
                    416: #endif
                    417: #ifdef HAVE_reload_indf
                    418:   if (HAVE_reload_indf)
                    419:     reload_in_optab[(int) DFmode] = CODE_FOR_reload_indf;
                    420: #endif
                    421: #ifdef HAVE_reload_inxf
                    422:   if (HAVE_reload_inxf)
                    423:     reload_in_optab[(int) XFmode] = CODE_FOR_reload_inxf;
                    424: #endif
                    425: #ifdef HAVE_reload_intf
                    426:   if (HAVE_reload_intf)
                    427:     reload_in_optab[(int) TFmode] = CODE_FOR_reload_intf;
                    428: #endif
                    429: 
                    430: #ifdef HAVE_reload_outqi
                    431:   if (HAVE_reload_outqi)
                    432:     reload_out_optab[(int) QImode] = CODE_FOR_reload_outqi;
                    433: #endif
                    434: #ifdef HAVE_reload_outhi
                    435:   if (HAVE_reload_outhi)
                    436:     reload_out_optab[(int) HImode] = CODE_FOR_reload_outhi;
                    437: #endif
                    438: #ifdef HAVE_reload_outsi
                    439:   if (HAVE_reload_outsi)
                    440:     reload_out_optab[(int) SImode] = CODE_FOR_reload_outsi;
                    441: #endif
                    442: #ifdef HAVE_reload_outdi
                    443:   if (HAVE_reload_outdi)
                    444:     reload_out_optab[(int) DImode] = CODE_FOR_reload_outdi;
                    445: #endif
                    446: #ifdef HAVE_reload_outti
                    447:   if (HAVE_reload_outti)
                    448:     reload_out_optab[(int) TImode] = CODE_FOR_reload_outti;
                    449: #endif
                    450: #ifdef HAVE_reload_outsf
                    451:   if (HAVE_reload_outsf)
                    452:     reload_out_optab[(int) SFmode] = CODE_FOR_reload_outsf;
                    453: #endif
                    454: #ifdef HAVE_reload_outdf
                    455:   if (HAVE_reload_outdf)
                    456:     reload_out_optab[(int) DFmode] = CODE_FOR_reload_outdf;
                    457: #endif
                    458: #ifdef HAVE_reload_outxf
                    459:   if (HAVE_reload_outxf)
                    460:     reload_out_optab[(int) XFmode] = CODE_FOR_reload_outxf;
                    461: #endif
                    462: #ifdef HAVE_reload_outtf
                    463:   if (HAVE_reload_outtf)
                    464:     reload_out_optab[(int) TFmode] = CODE_FOR_reload_outtf;
                    465: #endif
                    466: 
                    467: #endif /* HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS */
                    468: 
                    469: }
                    470: 
                    471: /* Main entry point for the reload pass, and only entry point
                    472:    in this file.
                    473: 
                    474:    FIRST is the first insn of the function being compiled.
                    475: 
                    476:    GLOBAL nonzero means we were called from global_alloc
                    477:    and should attempt to reallocate any pseudoregs that we
                    478:    displace from hard regs we will use for reloads.
                    479:    If GLOBAL is zero, we do not have enough information to do that,
                    480:    so any pseudo reg that is spilled must go to the stack.
                    481: 
                    482:    DUMPFILE is the global-reg debugging dump file stream, or 0.
                    483:    If it is nonzero, messages are written to it to describe
                    484:    which registers are seized as reload regs, which pseudo regs
1.1.1.4 ! root      485:    are spilled from them, and where the pseudo regs are reallocated to.
1.1       root      486: 
1.1.1.4 ! root      487:    Return value is nonzero if reload failed
        !           488:    and we must not do any more for this function.  */
        !           489: 
        !           490: int
1.1       root      491: reload (first, global, dumpfile)
                    492:      rtx first;
                    493:      int global;
                    494:      FILE *dumpfile;
                    495: {
                    496:   register int class;
                    497:   register int i;
                    498:   register rtx insn;
                    499:   register struct elim_table *ep;
                    500: 
                    501:   int something_changed;
                    502:   int something_needs_reloads;
                    503:   int something_needs_elimination;
                    504:   int new_basic_block_needs;
                    505:   enum reg_class caller_save_spill_class = NO_REGS;
                    506:   int caller_save_group_size = 1;
                    507: 
1.1.1.4 ! root      508:   /* Nonzero means we couldn't get enough spill regs.  */
        !           509:   int failure = 0;
        !           510: 
1.1       root      511:   /* The basic block number currently being processed for INSN.  */
                    512:   int this_block;
                    513: 
                    514:   /* Make sure even insns with volatile mem refs are recognizable.  */
                    515:   init_recog ();
                    516: 
                    517:   /* Enable find_equiv_reg to distinguish insns made by reload.  */
                    518:   reload_first_uid = get_max_uid ();
                    519: 
                    520:   for (i = 0; i < N_REG_CLASSES; i++)
                    521:     basic_block_needs[i] = 0;
                    522: 
1.1.1.4 ! root      523: #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
        !           524:   /* Initialize the secondary memory table.  */
        !           525:   clear_secondary_mem ();
        !           526: #endif
        !           527: 
1.1       root      528:   /* Remember which hard regs appear explicitly
                    529:      before we merge into `regs_ever_live' the ones in which
                    530:      pseudo regs have been allocated.  */
                    531:   bcopy (regs_ever_live, regs_explicitly_used, sizeof regs_ever_live);
                    532: 
                    533:   /* We don't have a stack slot for any spill reg yet.  */
                    534:   bzero (spill_stack_slot, sizeof spill_stack_slot);
                    535:   bzero (spill_stack_slot_width, sizeof spill_stack_slot_width);
                    536: 
                    537:   /* Initialize the save area information for caller-save, in case some
                    538:      are needed.  */
                    539:   init_save_areas ();
                    540: 
                    541:   /* Compute which hard registers are now in use
                    542:      as homes for pseudo registers.
                    543:      This is done here rather than (eg) in global_alloc
                    544:      because this point is reached even if not optimizing.  */
                    545: 
                    546:   for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_regno; i++)
                    547:     mark_home_live (i);
                    548: 
                    549:   /* Make sure that the last insn in the chain
                    550:      is not something that needs reloading.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root      551:   emit_note (NULL_PTR, NOTE_INSN_DELETED);
1.1       root      552: 
                    553:   /* Find all the pseudo registers that didn't get hard regs
                    554:      but do have known equivalent constants or memory slots.
                    555:      These include parameters (known equivalent to parameter slots)
                    556:      and cse'd or loop-moved constant memory addresses.
                    557: 
                    558:      Record constant equivalents in reg_equiv_constant
                    559:      so they will be substituted by find_reloads.
                    560:      Record memory equivalents in reg_mem_equiv so they can
                    561:      be substituted eventually by altering the REG-rtx's.  */
                    562: 
                    563:   reg_equiv_constant = (rtx *) alloca (max_regno * sizeof (rtx));
                    564:   bzero (reg_equiv_constant, max_regno * sizeof (rtx));
                    565:   reg_equiv_memory_loc = (rtx *) alloca (max_regno * sizeof (rtx));
                    566:   bzero (reg_equiv_memory_loc, max_regno * sizeof (rtx));
                    567:   reg_equiv_mem = (rtx *) alloca (max_regno * sizeof (rtx));
                    568:   bzero (reg_equiv_mem, max_regno * sizeof (rtx));
                    569:   reg_equiv_init = (rtx *) alloca (max_regno * sizeof (rtx));
                    570:   bzero (reg_equiv_init, max_regno * sizeof (rtx));
                    571:   reg_equiv_address = (rtx *) alloca (max_regno * sizeof (rtx));
                    572:   bzero (reg_equiv_address, max_regno * sizeof (rtx));
                    573:   reg_max_ref_width = (int *) alloca (max_regno * sizeof (int));
                    574:   bzero (reg_max_ref_width, max_regno * sizeof (int));
                    575: 
                    576:   /* Look for REG_EQUIV notes; record what each pseudo is equivalent to.
                    577:      Also find all paradoxical subregs
                    578:      and find largest such for each pseudo.  */
                    579: 
                    580:   for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                    581:     {
                    582:       rtx set = single_set (insn);
                    583: 
                    584:       if (set != 0 && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == REG)
                    585:        {
1.1.1.4 ! root      586:          rtx note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUIV, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root      587:          if (note
                    588: #ifdef LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P
                    589:              && (! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (note, 0)) || ! flag_pic
                    590:                  || LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (XEXP (note, 0)))
                    591: #endif
                    592:              )
                    593:            {
                    594:              rtx x = XEXP (note, 0);
                    595:              i = REGNO (SET_DEST (set));
                    596:              if (i > LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER)
                    597:                {
                    598:                  if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
                    599:                    reg_equiv_memory_loc[i] = x;
                    600:                  else if (CONSTANT_P (x))
                    601:                    {
                    602:                      if (LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x))
                    603:                        reg_equiv_constant[i] = x;
                    604:                      else
                    605:                        reg_equiv_memory_loc[i]
                    606:                          = force_const_mem (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (set)), x);
                    607:                    }
                    608:                  else
                    609:                    continue;
                    610: 
                    611:                  /* If this register is being made equivalent to a MEM
                    612:                     and the MEM is not SET_SRC, the equivalencing insn
                    613:                     is one with the MEM as a SET_DEST and it occurs later.
                    614:                     So don't mark this insn now.  */
                    615:                  if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM
                    616:                      || rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (set), x))
                    617:                    reg_equiv_init[i] = insn;
                    618:                }
                    619:            }
                    620:        }
                    621: 
                    622:       /* If this insn is setting a MEM from a register equivalent to it,
                    623:         this is the equivalencing insn.  */
                    624:       else if (set && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (set)) == MEM
                    625:               && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set)) == REG
                    626:               && reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (SET_SRC (set))]
                    627:               && rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (set),
                    628:                               reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (SET_SRC (set))]))
                    629:        reg_equiv_init[REGNO (SET_SRC (set))] = insn;
                    630: 
                    631:       if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) == 'i')
                    632:        scan_paradoxical_subregs (PATTERN (insn));
                    633:     }
                    634: 
                    635:   /* Does this function require a frame pointer?  */
                    636: 
                    637:   frame_pointer_needed = (! flag_omit_frame_pointer
                    638: #ifdef EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
                    639:                          /* ?? If EXIT_IGNORE_STACK is set, we will not save
                    640:                             and restore sp for alloca.  So we can't eliminate
                    641:                             the frame pointer in that case.  At some point,
                    642:                             we should improve this by emitting the
                    643:                             sp-adjusting insns for this case.  */
                    644:                          || (current_function_calls_alloca
                    645:                              && EXIT_IGNORE_STACK)
                    646: #endif
                    647:                          || FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED);
                    648: 
                    649:   num_eliminable = 0;
                    650: 
                    651:   /* Initialize the table of registers to eliminate.  The way we do this
                    652:      depends on how the eliminable registers were defined.  */
                    653: #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
                    654:   for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
                    655:     {
                    656:       ep->can_eliminate = ep->can_eliminate_previous
                    657:        = (CAN_ELIMINATE (ep->from, ep->to)
                    658:           && (ep->from != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM || ! frame_pointer_needed));
                    659:     }
                    660: #else
                    661:   reg_eliminate[0].can_eliminate = reg_eliminate[0].can_eliminate_previous
                    662:     = ! frame_pointer_needed;
                    663: #endif
                    664: 
                    665:   /* Count the number of eliminable registers and build the FROM and TO
                    666:      REG rtx's.  Note that code in gen_rtx will cause, e.g.,
                    667:      gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) to equal stack_pointer_rtx.
                    668:      We depend on this.  */
                    669:   for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
                    670:     {
                    671:       num_eliminable += ep->can_eliminate;
                    672:       ep->from_rtx = gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, ep->from);
                    673:       ep->to_rtx = gen_rtx (REG, Pmode, ep->to);
                    674:     }
                    675: 
                    676:   num_labels = max_label_num () - get_first_label_num ();
                    677: 
                    678:   /* Allocate the tables used to store offset information at labels.  */
                    679:   offsets_known_at = (char *) alloca (num_labels);
                    680:   offsets_at
                    681:     = (int (*)[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS])
                    682:       alloca (num_labels * NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS * sizeof (int));
                    683: 
                    684:   offsets_known_at -= get_first_label_num ();
                    685:   offsets_at -= get_first_label_num ();
                    686: 
                    687:   /* Alter each pseudo-reg rtx to contain its hard reg number.
                    688:      Assign stack slots to the pseudos that lack hard regs or equivalents.
                    689:      Do not touch virtual registers.  */
                    690: 
                    691:   for (i = LAST_VIRTUAL_REGISTER + 1; i < max_regno; i++)
                    692:     alter_reg (i, -1);
                    693: 
                    694:   /* Round size of stack frame to BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT.  This must be done here
                    695:      because the stack size may be a part of the offset computation for
                    696:      register elimination.   */
                    697:   assign_stack_local (BLKmode, 0, 0);
                    698: 
                    699:   /* If we have some registers we think can be eliminated, scan all insns to
                    700:      see if there is an insn that sets one of these registers to something
                    701:      other than itself plus a constant.  If so, the register cannot be
                    702:      eliminated.  Doing this scan here eliminates an extra pass through the
                    703:      main reload loop in the most common case where register elimination
                    704:      cannot be done.  */
                    705:   for (insn = first; insn && num_eliminable; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                    706:     if (GET_CODE (insn) == INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
                    707:        || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
                    708:       note_stores (PATTERN (insn), mark_not_eliminable);
                    709: 
                    710: #ifndef REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS
                    711:   /* If all the pseudo regs have hard regs,
                    712:      except for those that are never referenced,
                    713:      we know that no reloads are needed.  */
                    714:   /* But that is not true if there are register constraints, since
                    715:      in that case some pseudos might be in the wrong kind of hard reg.  */
                    716: 
                    717:   for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_regno; i++)
                    718:     if (reg_renumber[i] == -1 && reg_n_refs[i] != 0)
                    719:       break;
                    720: 
1.1.1.2   root      721:   if (i == max_regno && num_eliminable == 0 && ! caller_save_needed)
1.1       root      722:     return;
                    723: #endif
                    724: 
                    725:   /* Compute the order of preference for hard registers to spill.
                    726:      Store them by decreasing preference in potential_reload_regs.  */
                    727: 
                    728:   order_regs_for_reload ();
                    729: 
                    730:   /* So far, no hard regs have been spilled.  */
                    731:   n_spills = 0;
                    732:   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                    733:     spill_reg_order[i] = -1;
                    734: 
                    735:   /* On most machines, we can't use any register explicitly used in the
                    736:      rtl as a spill register.  But on some, we have to.  Those will have
                    737:      taken care to keep the life of hard regs as short as possible.  */
                    738: 
                    739: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                    740:   CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (forbidden_regs);
                    741: #else
                    742:   COPY_HARD_REG_SET (forbidden_regs, bad_spill_regs);
                    743: #endif
                    744: 
                    745:   /* Spill any hard regs that we know we can't eliminate.  */
                    746:   for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
                    747:     if (! ep->can_eliminate)
                    748:       {
                    749:        spill_hard_reg (ep->from, global, dumpfile, 1);
                    750:        regs_ever_live[ep->from] = 1;
                    751:       }
                    752: 
                    753:   if (global)
                    754:     for (i = 0; i < N_REG_CLASSES; i++)
                    755:       {
                    756:        basic_block_needs[i] = (char *)alloca (n_basic_blocks);
                    757:        bzero (basic_block_needs[i], n_basic_blocks);
                    758:       }
                    759: 
1.1.1.4 ! root      760:   /* From now on, we need to emit any moves without making new pseudos.  */
        !           761:   reload_in_progress = 1;
        !           762: 
1.1       root      763:   /* This loop scans the entire function each go-round
                    764:      and repeats until one repetition spills no additional hard regs.  */
                    765: 
1.1.1.2   root      766:   /* This flag is set when a pseudo reg is spilled,
1.1       root      767:      to require another pass.  Note that getting an additional reload
                    768:      reg does not necessarily imply any pseudo reg was spilled;
                    769:      sometimes we find a reload reg that no pseudo reg was allocated in.  */
                    770:   something_changed = 1;
                    771:   /* This flag is set if there are any insns that require reloading.  */
                    772:   something_needs_reloads = 0;
                    773:   /* This flag is set if there are any insns that require register
                    774:      eliminations.  */
                    775:   something_needs_elimination = 0;
                    776:   while (something_changed)
                    777:     {
                    778:       rtx after_call = 0;
                    779: 
                    780:       /* For each class, number of reload regs needed in that class.
                    781:         This is the maximum over all insns of the needs in that class
                    782:         of the individual insn.  */
                    783:       int max_needs[N_REG_CLASSES];
                    784:       /* For each class, size of group of consecutive regs
                    785:         that is needed for the reloads of this class.  */
                    786:       int group_size[N_REG_CLASSES];
                    787:       /* For each class, max number of consecutive groups needed.
                    788:         (Each group contains group_size[CLASS] consecutive registers.)  */
                    789:       int max_groups[N_REG_CLASSES];
                    790:       /* For each class, max number needed of regs that don't belong
                    791:         to any of the groups.  */
                    792:       int max_nongroups[N_REG_CLASSES];
                    793:       /* For each class, the machine mode which requires consecutive
                    794:         groups of regs of that class.
                    795:         If two different modes ever require groups of one class,
                    796:         they must be the same size and equally restrictive for that class,
                    797:         otherwise we can't handle the complexity.  */
                    798:       enum machine_mode group_mode[N_REG_CLASSES];
1.1.1.4 ! root      799:       /* Record the insn where each maximum need is first found.  */
        !           800:       rtx max_needs_insn[N_REG_CLASSES];
        !           801:       rtx max_groups_insn[N_REG_CLASSES];
        !           802:       rtx max_nongroups_insn[N_REG_CLASSES];
1.1       root      803:       rtx x;
1.1.1.4 ! root      804:       int starting_frame_size = get_frame_size ();
        !           805:       static char *reg_class_names[] = REG_CLASS_NAMES;
1.1       root      806: 
                    807:       something_changed = 0;
                    808:       bzero (max_needs, sizeof max_needs);
                    809:       bzero (max_groups, sizeof max_groups);
                    810:       bzero (max_nongroups, sizeof max_nongroups);
1.1.1.4 ! root      811:       bzero (max_needs_insn, sizeof max_needs_insn);
        !           812:       bzero (max_groups_insn, sizeof max_groups_insn);
        !           813:       bzero (max_nongroups_insn, sizeof max_nongroups_insn);
1.1       root      814:       bzero (group_size, sizeof group_size);
                    815:       for (i = 0; i < N_REG_CLASSES; i++)
                    816:        group_mode[i] = VOIDmode;
                    817: 
                    818:       /* Keep track of which basic blocks are needing the reloads.  */
                    819:       this_block = 0;
                    820: 
                    821:       /* Remember whether any element of basic_block_needs
                    822:         changes from 0 to 1 in this pass.  */
                    823:       new_basic_block_needs = 0;
                    824: 
                    825:       /* Reset all offsets on eliminable registers to their initial values.  */
                    826: #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
                    827:       for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
                    828:        {
                    829:          INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (ep->from, ep->to, ep->initial_offset);
                    830:          ep->previous_offset = ep->offset
                    831:            = ep->max_offset = ep->initial_offset;
                    832:        }
                    833: #else
                    834: #ifdef INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET
                    835:       INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET (reg_eliminate[0].initial_offset);
                    836: #else
                    837:       if (!FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED)
                    838:        abort ();
                    839:       reg_eliminate[0].initial_offset = 0;
                    840: #endif
                    841:       reg_eliminate[0].previous_offset = reg_eliminate[0].max_offset
                    842:        = reg_eliminate[0].offset = reg_eliminate[0].initial_offset;
                    843: #endif
                    844: 
                    845:       num_not_at_initial_offset = 0;
                    846: 
                    847:       bzero (&offsets_known_at[get_first_label_num ()], num_labels);
                    848: 
                    849:       /* Set a known offset for each forced label to be at the initial offset
                    850:         of each elimination.  We do this because we assume that all
                    851:         computed jumps occur from a location where each elimination is
                    852:         at its initial offset.  */
                    853: 
                    854:       for (x = forced_labels; x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
                    855:        if (XEXP (x, 0))
1.1.1.4 ! root      856:          set_label_offsets (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX, 1);
1.1       root      857: 
                    858:       /* For each pseudo register that has an equivalent location defined,
                    859:         try to eliminate any eliminable registers (such as the frame pointer)
                    860:         assuming initial offsets for the replacement register, which
                    861:         is the normal case.
                    862: 
                    863:         If the resulting location is directly addressable, substitute
                    864:         the MEM we just got directly for the old REG.
                    865: 
                    866:         If it is not addressable but is a constant or the sum of a hard reg
                    867:         and constant, it is probably not addressable because the constant is
                    868:         out of range, in that case record the address; we will generate
                    869:         hairy code to compute the address in a register each time it is
                    870:         needed.
                    871: 
                    872:         If the location is not addressable, but does not have one of the
                    873:         above forms, assign a stack slot.  We have to do this to avoid the
                    874:         potential of producing lots of reloads if, e.g., a location involves
                    875:         a pseudo that didn't get a hard register and has an equivalent memory
                    876:         location that also involves a pseudo that didn't get a hard register.
                    877: 
                    878:         Perhaps at some point we will improve reload_when_needed handling
                    879:         so this problem goes away.  But that's very hairy.  */
                    880: 
                    881:       for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_regno; i++)
                    882:        if (reg_renumber[i] < 0 && reg_equiv_memory_loc[i])
                    883:          {
1.1.1.4 ! root      884:            rtx x = eliminate_regs (reg_equiv_memory_loc[i], 0, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root      885: 
                    886:            if (strict_memory_address_p (GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[i]),
                    887:                                         XEXP (x, 0)))
                    888:              reg_equiv_mem[i] = x, reg_equiv_address[i] = 0;
                    889:            else if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 0))
                    890:                     || (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
                    891:                         && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == REG
                    892:                         && (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))
                    893:                             < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                    894:                         && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1))))
                    895:              reg_equiv_address[i] = XEXP (x, 0), reg_equiv_mem[i] = 0;
                    896:            else
                    897:              {
                    898:                /* Make a new stack slot.  Then indicate that something
                    899:                   changed so we go back and recompute offsets for
                    900:                   eliminable registers because the allocation of memory
                    901:                   below might change some offset.  reg_equiv_{mem,address}
                    902:                   will be set up for this pseudo on the next pass around
                    903:                   the loop.  */
                    904:                reg_equiv_memory_loc[i] = 0;
                    905:                reg_equiv_init[i] = 0;
                    906:                alter_reg (i, -1);
                    907:                something_changed = 1;
                    908:              }
                    909:          }
                    910: 
1.1.1.2   root      911:       /* If we allocated another pseudo to the stack, redo elimination
1.1       root      912:         bookkeeping.  */
                    913:       if (something_changed)
                    914:        continue;
                    915: 
                    916:       /* If caller-saves needs a group, initialize the group to include
                    917:         the size and mode required for caller-saves.  */
                    918: 
                    919:       if (caller_save_group_size > 1)
                    920:        {
                    921:          group_mode[(int) caller_save_spill_class] = Pmode;
                    922:          group_size[(int) caller_save_spill_class] = caller_save_group_size;
                    923:        }
                    924: 
                    925:       /* Compute the most additional registers needed by any instruction.
                    926:         Collect information separately for each class of regs.  */
                    927: 
                    928:       for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                    929:        {
                    930:          if (global && this_block + 1 < n_basic_blocks
                    931:              && insn == basic_block_head[this_block+1])
                    932:            ++this_block;
                    933: 
                    934:          /* If this is a label, a JUMP_INSN, or has REG_NOTES (which
                    935:             might include REG_LABEL), we need to see what effects this
                    936:             has on the known offsets at labels.  */
                    937: 
                    938:          if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN
                    939:              || (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) == 'i'
                    940:                  && REG_NOTES (insn) != 0))
                    941:            set_label_offsets (insn, insn, 0);
                    942: 
                    943:          if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) == 'i')
                    944:            {
                    945:              /* Nonzero means don't use a reload reg that overlaps
                    946:                 the place where a function value can be returned.  */
                    947:              rtx avoid_return_reg = 0;
                    948: 
                    949:              rtx old_body = PATTERN (insn);
                    950:              int old_code = INSN_CODE (insn);
                    951:              rtx old_notes = REG_NOTES (insn);
                    952:              int did_elimination = 0;
                    953: 
                    954:              /* Initially, count RELOAD_OTHER reloads.
                    955:                 Later, merge in the other kinds.  */
                    956:              int insn_needs[N_REG_CLASSES];
                    957:              int insn_groups[N_REG_CLASSES];
                    958:              int insn_total_groups = 0;
                    959: 
                    960:              /* Count RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS reloads.  */
                    961:              int insn_needs_for_inputs[N_REG_CLASSES];
                    962:              int insn_groups_for_inputs[N_REG_CLASSES];
                    963:              int insn_total_groups_for_inputs = 0;
                    964: 
                    965:              /* Count RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS reloads.  */
                    966:              int insn_needs_for_outputs[N_REG_CLASSES];
                    967:              int insn_groups_for_outputs[N_REG_CLASSES];
                    968:              int insn_total_groups_for_outputs = 0;
                    969: 
                    970:              /* Count RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reloads.  */
                    971:              int insn_needs_for_operands[N_REG_CLASSES];
                    972:              int insn_groups_for_operands[N_REG_CLASSES];
                    973:              int insn_total_groups_for_operands = 0;
                    974: 
                    975: #if 0  /* This wouldn't work nowadays, since optimize_bit_field
                    976:          looks for non-strict memory addresses.  */
                    977:              /* Optimization: a bit-field instruction whose field
                    978:                 happens to be a byte or halfword in memory
                    979:                 can be changed to a move instruction.  */
                    980: 
                    981:              if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
                    982:                {
                    983:                  rtx dest = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
                    984:                  rtx src = SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn));
                    985: 
                    986:                  if (GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
                    987:                      || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
                    988:                    optimize_bit_field (PATTERN (insn), insn, reg_equiv_mem);
                    989:                  if (GET_CODE (src) == ZERO_EXTRACT
                    990:                      || GET_CODE (src) == SIGN_EXTRACT)
                    991:                    optimize_bit_field (PATTERN (insn), insn, reg_equiv_mem);
                    992:                }
                    993: #endif
                    994: 
                    995:              /* If needed, eliminate any eliminable registers.  */
                    996:              if (num_eliminable)
                    997:                did_elimination = eliminate_regs_in_insn (insn, 0);
                    998: 
                    999: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                   1000:              /* Set avoid_return_reg if this is an insn
                   1001:                 that might use the value of a function call.  */
                   1002:              if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
                   1003:                {
                   1004:                  if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
                   1005:                    after_call = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
                   1006:                  else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
                   1007:                           && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0)) == SET)
                   1008:                    after_call = SET_DEST (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0));
                   1009:                  else
                   1010:                    after_call = 0;
                   1011:                }
                   1012:              else if (after_call != 0
                   1013:                       && !(GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
                   1014:                            && SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)) == stack_pointer_rtx))
                   1015:                {
                   1016:                  if (reg_mentioned_p (after_call, PATTERN (insn)))
                   1017:                    avoid_return_reg = after_call;
                   1018:                  after_call = 0;
                   1019:                }
                   1020: #endif /* SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES */
                   1021: 
                   1022:              /* Analyze the instruction.  */
                   1023:              find_reloads (insn, 0, spill_indirect_levels, global,
                   1024:                            spill_reg_order);
                   1025: 
                   1026:              /* Remember for later shortcuts which insns had any reloads or
                   1027:                 register eliminations.
                   1028: 
                   1029:                 One might think that it would be worthwhile to mark insns
                   1030:                 that need register replacements but not reloads, but this is
                   1031:                 not safe because find_reloads may do some manipulation of
                   1032:                 the insn (such as swapping commutative operands), which would
                   1033:                 be lost when we restore the old pattern after register
                   1034:                 replacement.  So the actions of find_reloads must be redone in
                   1035:                 subsequent passes or in reload_as_needed.
                   1036: 
                   1037:                 However, it is safe to mark insns that need reloads
                   1038:                 but not register replacement.  */
                   1039: 
                   1040:              PUT_MODE (insn, (did_elimination ? QImode
                   1041:                               : n_reloads ? HImode
                   1042:                               : VOIDmode));
                   1043: 
                   1044:              /* Discard any register replacements done.  */
                   1045:              if (did_elimination)
                   1046:                {
                   1047:                  obstack_free (&reload_obstack, reload_firstobj);
                   1048:                  PATTERN (insn) = old_body;
                   1049:                  INSN_CODE (insn) = old_code;
                   1050:                  REG_NOTES (insn) = old_notes;
                   1051:                  something_needs_elimination = 1;
                   1052:                }
                   1053: 
                   1054:              /* If this insn has no reloads, we need not do anything except
                   1055:                 in the case of a CALL_INSN when we have caller-saves and
                   1056:                 caller-save needs reloads.  */
                   1057: 
                   1058:              if (n_reloads == 0
                   1059:                  && ! (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN
                   1060:                        && caller_save_spill_class != NO_REGS))
                   1061:                continue;
                   1062: 
                   1063:              something_needs_reloads = 1;
                   1064: 
                   1065:              for (i = 0; i < N_REG_CLASSES; i++)
                   1066:                {
                   1067:                  insn_needs[i] = 0, insn_groups[i] = 0;
                   1068:                  insn_needs_for_inputs[i] = 0, insn_groups_for_inputs[i] = 0;
                   1069:                  insn_needs_for_outputs[i] = 0, insn_groups_for_outputs[i] = 0;
                   1070:                  insn_needs_for_operands[i] = 0, insn_groups_for_operands[i] = 0;
                   1071:                }
                   1072: 
                   1073:              /* Count each reload once in every class
                   1074:                 containing the reload's own class.  */
                   1075: 
                   1076:              for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   1077:                {
                   1078:                  register enum reg_class *p;
1.1.1.3   root     1079:                  enum reg_class class = reload_reg_class[i];
1.1       root     1080:                  int size;
                   1081:                  enum machine_mode mode;
                   1082:                  int *this_groups;
                   1083:                  int *this_needs;
                   1084:                  int *this_total_groups;
                   1085: 
                   1086:                  /* Don't count the dummy reloads, for which one of the
                   1087:                     regs mentioned in the insn can be used for reloading.
                   1088:                     Don't count optional reloads.
                   1089:                     Don't count reloads that got combined with others.  */
                   1090:                  if (reload_reg_rtx[i] != 0
                   1091:                      || reload_optional[i] != 0
                   1092:                      || (reload_out[i] == 0 && reload_in[i] == 0
                   1093:                          && ! reload_secondary_p[i]))
                   1094:                    continue;
                   1095: 
1.1.1.3   root     1096:                  /* Show that a reload register of this class is needed
                   1097:                     in this basic block.  We do not use insn_needs and
                   1098:                     insn_groups because they are overly conservative for
                   1099:                     this purpose.  */
                   1100:                  if (global && ! basic_block_needs[(int) class][this_block])
                   1101:                    {
                   1102:                      basic_block_needs[(int) class][this_block] = 1;
                   1103:                      new_basic_block_needs = 1;
                   1104:                    }
                   1105: 
1.1       root     1106:                  /* Decide which time-of-use to count this reload for.  */
                   1107:                  switch (reload_when_needed[i])
                   1108:                    {
                   1109:                    case RELOAD_OTHER:
                   1110:                    case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT:
                   1111:                    case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
                   1112:                      this_needs = insn_needs;
                   1113:                      this_groups = insn_groups;
                   1114:                      this_total_groups = &insn_total_groups;
                   1115:                      break;
                   1116: 
                   1117:                    case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS:
                   1118:                      this_needs = insn_needs_for_inputs;
                   1119:                      this_groups = insn_groups_for_inputs;
                   1120:                      this_total_groups = &insn_total_groups_for_inputs;
                   1121:                      break;
                   1122: 
                   1123:                    case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS:
                   1124:                      this_needs = insn_needs_for_outputs;
                   1125:                      this_groups = insn_groups_for_outputs;
                   1126:                      this_total_groups = &insn_total_groups_for_outputs;
                   1127:                      break;
                   1128: 
                   1129:                    case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
                   1130:                      this_needs = insn_needs_for_operands;
                   1131:                      this_groups = insn_groups_for_operands;
                   1132:                      this_total_groups = &insn_total_groups_for_operands;
                   1133:                      break;
                   1134:                    }
                   1135: 
                   1136:                  mode = reload_inmode[i];
                   1137:                  if (GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_outmode[i]) > GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
                   1138:                    mode = reload_outmode[i];
1.1.1.3   root     1139:                  size = CLASS_MAX_NREGS (class, mode);
1.1       root     1140:                  if (size > 1)
                   1141:                    {
                   1142:                      enum machine_mode other_mode, allocate_mode;
                   1143: 
                   1144:                      /* Count number of groups needed separately from
                   1145:                         number of individual regs needed.  */
1.1.1.3   root     1146:                      this_groups[(int) class]++;
                   1147:                      p = reg_class_superclasses[(int) class];
1.1       root     1148:                      while (*p != LIM_REG_CLASSES)
                   1149:                        this_groups[(int) *p++]++;
                   1150:                      (*this_total_groups)++;
                   1151: 
                   1152:                      /* Record size and mode of a group of this class.  */
                   1153:                      /* If more than one size group is needed,
                   1154:                         make all groups the largest needed size.  */
1.1.1.3   root     1155:                      if (group_size[(int) class] < size)
1.1       root     1156:                        {
1.1.1.3   root     1157:                          other_mode = group_mode[(int) class];
1.1       root     1158:                          allocate_mode = mode;
                   1159: 
1.1.1.3   root     1160:                          group_size[(int) class] = size;
                   1161:                          group_mode[(int) class] = mode;
1.1       root     1162:                        }
                   1163:                      else
                   1164:                        {
                   1165:                          other_mode = mode;
1.1.1.3   root     1166:                          allocate_mode = group_mode[(int) class];
1.1       root     1167:                        }
                   1168: 
                   1169:                      /* Crash if two dissimilar machine modes both need
                   1170:                         groups of consecutive regs of the same class.  */
                   1171: 
                   1172:                      if (other_mode != VOIDmode
                   1173:                          && other_mode != allocate_mode
                   1174:                          && ! modes_equiv_for_class_p (allocate_mode,
                   1175:                                                        other_mode,
1.1.1.3   root     1176:                                                        class))
1.1       root     1177:                        abort ();
                   1178:                    }
                   1179:                  else if (size == 1)
                   1180:                    {
1.1.1.3   root     1181:                      this_needs[(int) class] += 1;
                   1182:                      p = reg_class_superclasses[(int) class];
1.1       root     1183:                      while (*p != LIM_REG_CLASSES)
                   1184:                        this_needs[(int) *p++] += 1;
                   1185:                    }
                   1186:                  else
                   1187:                    abort ();
                   1188:                }
                   1189: 
                   1190:              /* All reloads have been counted for this insn;
                   1191:                 now merge the various times of use.
                   1192:                 This sets insn_needs, etc., to the maximum total number
                   1193:                 of registers needed at any point in this insn.  */
                   1194: 
                   1195:              for (i = 0; i < N_REG_CLASSES; i++)
                   1196:                {
                   1197:                  int this_max;
                   1198:                  this_max = insn_needs_for_inputs[i];
                   1199:                  if (insn_needs_for_outputs[i] > this_max)
                   1200:                    this_max = insn_needs_for_outputs[i];
                   1201:                  if (insn_needs_for_operands[i] > this_max)
                   1202:                    this_max = insn_needs_for_operands[i];
                   1203:                  insn_needs[i] += this_max;
                   1204:                  this_max = insn_groups_for_inputs[i];
                   1205:                  if (insn_groups_for_outputs[i] > this_max)
                   1206:                    this_max = insn_groups_for_outputs[i];
                   1207:                  if (insn_groups_for_operands[i] > this_max)
                   1208:                    this_max = insn_groups_for_operands[i];
                   1209:                  insn_groups[i] += this_max;
                   1210:                }
                   1211: 
                   1212:              insn_total_groups += MAX (insn_total_groups_for_inputs,
                   1213:                                        MAX (insn_total_groups_for_outputs,
                   1214:                                             insn_total_groups_for_operands));
                   1215: 
                   1216:              /* If this is a CALL_INSN and caller-saves will need
                   1217:                 a spill register, act as if the spill register is
                   1218:                 needed for this insn.   However, the spill register
                   1219:                 can be used by any reload of this insn, so we only
                   1220:                 need do something if no need for that class has
                   1221:                 been recorded.
                   1222: 
                   1223:                 The assumption that every CALL_INSN will trigger a
                   1224:                 caller-save is highly conservative, however, the number
                   1225:                 of cases where caller-saves will need a spill register but
                   1226:                 a block containing a CALL_INSN won't need a spill register
                   1227:                 of that class should be quite rare.
                   1228: 
                   1229:                 If a group is needed, the size and mode of the group will
1.1.1.2   root     1230:                 have been set up at the beginning of this loop.  */
1.1       root     1231: 
                   1232:              if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN
                   1233:                  && caller_save_spill_class != NO_REGS)
                   1234:                {
                   1235:                  int *caller_save_needs
                   1236:                    = (caller_save_group_size > 1 ? insn_groups : insn_needs);
                   1237: 
                   1238:                  if (caller_save_needs[(int) caller_save_spill_class] == 0)
                   1239:                    {
                   1240:                      register enum reg_class *p
                   1241:                        = reg_class_superclasses[(int) caller_save_spill_class];
                   1242: 
                   1243:                      caller_save_needs[(int) caller_save_spill_class]++;
                   1244: 
                   1245:                      while (*p != LIM_REG_CLASSES)
                   1246:                        caller_save_needs[(int) *p++] += 1;
                   1247:                    }
                   1248: 
                   1249:                  if (caller_save_group_size > 1)
                   1250:                    insn_total_groups = MAX (insn_total_groups, 1);
                   1251: 
                   1252: 
1.1.1.3   root     1253:                 /* Show that this basic block will need a register of
                   1254:                    this class.  */
                   1255: 
                   1256:                 if (global
                   1257:                     && ! (basic_block_needs[(int) caller_save_spill_class]
                   1258:                           [this_block]))
                   1259:                   {
                   1260:                     basic_block_needs[(int) caller_save_spill_class]
                   1261:                       [this_block] = 1;
                   1262:                     new_basic_block_needs = 1;
                   1263:                   }
                   1264:                }
1.1       root     1265: 
                   1266: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                   1267:              /* If this insn stores the value of a function call,
                   1268:                 and that value is in a register that has been spilled,
                   1269:                 and if the insn needs a reload in a class
                   1270:                 that might use that register as the reload register,
                   1271:                 then add add an extra need in that class.
                   1272:                 This makes sure we have a register available that does
                   1273:                 not overlap the return value.  */
                   1274:              if (avoid_return_reg)
                   1275:                {
                   1276:                  int regno = REGNO (avoid_return_reg);
                   1277:                  int nregs
                   1278:                    = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (avoid_return_reg));
                   1279:                  int r;
                   1280:                  int inc_groups = 0;
                   1281:                  for (r = regno; r < regno + nregs; r++)
                   1282:                    if (spill_reg_order[r] >= 0)
                   1283:                      for (i = 0; i < N_REG_CLASSES; i++)
                   1284:                        if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[i], r))
                   1285:                          {
                   1286:                            if (insn_needs[i] > 0)
                   1287:                              insn_needs[i]++;
                   1288:                            if (insn_groups[i] > 0
                   1289:                                && nregs > 1)
                   1290:                              inc_groups = 1;
                   1291:                          }
                   1292:                  if (inc_groups)
                   1293:                    insn_groups[i]++;
                   1294:                }
                   1295: #endif /* SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES */
                   1296: 
                   1297:              /* For each class, collect maximum need of any insn.  */
                   1298: 
                   1299:              for (i = 0; i < N_REG_CLASSES; i++)
                   1300:                {
                   1301:                  if (max_needs[i] < insn_needs[i])
1.1.1.4 ! root     1302:                    {
        !          1303:                      max_needs[i] = insn_needs[i];
        !          1304:                      max_needs_insn[i] = insn;
        !          1305:                    }
1.1       root     1306:                  if (max_groups[i] < insn_groups[i])
1.1.1.4 ! root     1307:                    {
        !          1308:                      max_groups[i] = insn_groups[i];
        !          1309:                      max_groups_insn[i] = insn;
        !          1310:                    }
1.1       root     1311:                  if (insn_total_groups > 0)
                   1312:                    if (max_nongroups[i] < insn_needs[i])
1.1.1.4 ! root     1313:                      {
        !          1314:                        max_nongroups[i] = insn_needs[i];
        !          1315:                        max_nongroups_insn[i] = insn;
        !          1316:                      }
1.1       root     1317:                }
                   1318:            }
                   1319:          /* Note that there is a continue statement above.  */
                   1320:        }
                   1321: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     1322:       /* If we allocated any new memory locations, make another pass
        !          1323:         since it might have changed elimination offsets.  */
        !          1324:       if (starting_frame_size != get_frame_size ())
        !          1325:        something_changed = 1;
        !          1326: 
        !          1327:       if (dumpfile)
        !          1328:        for (i = 0; i < N_REG_CLASSES; i++)
        !          1329:          {
        !          1330:            if (max_needs[i] > 0)
        !          1331:              fprintf (dumpfile,
        !          1332:                         ";; Need %d reg%s of class %s (for insn %d).\n",
        !          1333:                       max_needs[i], max_needs[i] == 1 ? "" : "s",
        !          1334:                       reg_class_names[i], INSN_UID (max_needs_insn[i]));
        !          1335:            if (max_nongroups[i] > 0)
        !          1336:              fprintf (dumpfile,
        !          1337:                       ";; Need %d nongroup reg%s of class %s (for insn %d).\n",
        !          1338:                       max_nongroups[i], max_nongroups[i] == 1 ? "" : "s",
        !          1339:                       reg_class_names[i], INSN_UID (max_nongroups_insn[i]));
        !          1340:            if (max_groups[i] > 0)
        !          1341:              fprintf (dumpfile,
        !          1342:                       ";; Need %d group%s (%smode) of class %s (for insn %d).\n",
        !          1343:                       max_groups[i], max_groups[i] == 1 ? "" : "s",
        !          1344:                       mode_name[(int) group_mode[i]],
        !          1345:                       reg_class_names[i], INSN_UID (max_groups_insn[i]));
        !          1346:          }
        !          1347:                         
1.1       root     1348:       /* If we have caller-saves, set up the save areas and see if caller-save
                   1349:         will need a spill register.  */
                   1350: 
                   1351:       if (caller_save_needed
                   1352:          && ! setup_save_areas (&something_changed)
                   1353:          && caller_save_spill_class  == NO_REGS)
                   1354:        {
                   1355:          /* The class we will need depends on whether the machine
                   1356:             supports the sum of two registers for an address; see
                   1357:             find_address_reloads for details.  */
                   1358: 
                   1359:          caller_save_spill_class
                   1360:            = double_reg_address_ok ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS;
                   1361:          caller_save_group_size
                   1362:            = CLASS_MAX_NREGS (caller_save_spill_class, Pmode);
                   1363:          something_changed = 1;
                   1364:        }
                   1365: 
                   1366:       /* Now deduct from the needs for the registers already
                   1367:         available (already spilled).  */
                   1368: 
                   1369:       CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (counted_for_groups);
                   1370:       CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (counted_for_nongroups);
                   1371: 
                   1372:       /* First find all regs alone in their class
                   1373:         and count them (if desired) for non-groups.
                   1374:         We would be screwed if a group took the only reg in a class
                   1375:         for which a non-group reload is needed.
                   1376:         (Note there is still a bug; if a class has 2 regs,
                   1377:         both could be stolen by groups and we would lose the same way.
                   1378:         With luck, no machine will need a nongroup in a 2-reg class.)  */
                   1379: 
                   1380:       for (i = 0; i < n_spills; i++)
                   1381:        {
                   1382:          register enum reg_class *p;
                   1383:          class = (int) REGNO_REG_CLASS (spill_regs[i]);
                   1384: 
                   1385:          if (reg_class_size[class] == 1 && max_nongroups[class] > 0)
                   1386:            {
                   1387:              max_needs[class]--;
                   1388:              p = reg_class_superclasses[class];
                   1389:              while (*p != LIM_REG_CLASSES)
                   1390:                max_needs[(int) *p++]--;
                   1391: 
                   1392:              SET_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups, spill_regs[i]);
                   1393:              max_nongroups[class]--;
                   1394:              p = reg_class_superclasses[class];
                   1395:              while (*p != LIM_REG_CLASSES)
                   1396:                {
                   1397:                  if (max_nongroups[(int) *p] > 0)
                   1398:                    SET_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups, spill_regs[i]);
                   1399:                  max_nongroups[(int) *p++]--;
                   1400:                }
                   1401:            }
                   1402:        }
                   1403: 
                   1404:       /* Now find all consecutive groups of spilled registers
                   1405:         and mark each group off against the need for such groups.
                   1406:         But don't count them against ordinary need, yet.  */
                   1407: 
                   1408:       count_possible_groups (group_size, group_mode, max_groups);
                   1409: 
                   1410:       /* Now count all spill regs against the individual need,
                   1411:         This includes those counted above for groups,
                   1412:         but not those previously counted for nongroups.
                   1413: 
                   1414:         Those that weren't counted_for_groups can also count against
                   1415:         the not-in-group need.  */
                   1416: 
                   1417:       for (i = 0; i < n_spills; i++)
                   1418:        {
                   1419:          register enum reg_class *p;
                   1420:          class = (int) REGNO_REG_CLASS (spill_regs[i]);
                   1421: 
                   1422:          /* Those counted at the beginning shouldn't be counted twice.  */
                   1423:          if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups, spill_regs[i]))
                   1424:            {
                   1425:              max_needs[class]--;
                   1426:              p = reg_class_superclasses[class];
                   1427:              while (*p != LIM_REG_CLASSES)
                   1428:                max_needs[(int) *p++]--;
                   1429: 
                   1430:              if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_groups, spill_regs[i]))
                   1431:                {
                   1432:                  if (max_nongroups[class] > 0)
                   1433:                    SET_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups, spill_regs[i]);
                   1434:                  max_nongroups[class]--;
                   1435:                  p = reg_class_superclasses[class];
                   1436:                  while (*p != LIM_REG_CLASSES)
                   1437:                    {
                   1438:                      if (max_nongroups[(int) *p] > 0)
                   1439:                        SET_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups,
                   1440:                                          spill_regs[i]);
                   1441:                      max_nongroups[(int) *p++]--;
                   1442:                    }
                   1443:                }
                   1444:            }
                   1445:        }
                   1446: 
1.1.1.2   root     1447:       /* See if anything that happened changes which eliminations are valid.
                   1448:         For example, on the Sparc, whether or not the frame pointer can
                   1449:         be eliminated can depend on what registers have been used.  We need
                   1450:         not check some conditions again (such as flag_omit_frame_pointer)
                   1451:         since they can't have changed.  */
                   1452: 
                   1453:       for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
                   1454:        if ((ep->from == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED)
                   1455: #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
                   1456:            || ! CAN_ELIMINATE (ep->from, ep->to)
                   1457: #endif
                   1458:            )
                   1459:          ep->can_eliminate = 0;
                   1460: 
1.1       root     1461:       /* Look for the case where we have discovered that we can't replace
                   1462:         register A with register B and that means that we will now be
                   1463:         trying to replace register A with register C.  This means we can
                   1464:         no longer replace register C with register B and we need to disable
                   1465:         such an elimination, if it exists.  This occurs often with A == ap,
                   1466:         B == sp, and C == fp.  */
                   1467: 
                   1468:       for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
                   1469:        {
                   1470:          struct elim_table *op;
                   1471:          register int new_to = -1;
                   1472: 
                   1473:          if (! ep->can_eliminate && ep->can_eliminate_previous)
                   1474:            {
                   1475:              /* Find the current elimination for ep->from, if there is a
                   1476:                 new one.  */
                   1477:              for (op = reg_eliminate;
                   1478:                   op < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; op++)
                   1479:                if (op->from == ep->from && op->can_eliminate)
                   1480:                  {
                   1481:                    new_to = op->to;
                   1482:                    break;
                   1483:                  }
                   1484: 
                   1485:              /* See if there is an elimination of NEW_TO -> EP->TO.  If so,
                   1486:                 disable it.  */
                   1487:              for (op = reg_eliminate;
                   1488:                   op < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; op++)
                   1489:                if (op->from == new_to && op->to == ep->to)
                   1490:                  op->can_eliminate = 0;
                   1491:            }
                   1492:        }
                   1493: 
                   1494:       /* See if any registers that we thought we could eliminate the previous
                   1495:         time are no longer eliminable.  If so, something has changed and we
                   1496:         must spill the register.  Also, recompute the number of eliminable
                   1497:         registers and see if the frame pointer is needed; it is if there is
                   1498:         no elimination of the frame pointer that we can perform.  */
                   1499: 
                   1500:       frame_pointer_needed = 1;
                   1501:       for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
                   1502:        {
                   1503:          if (ep->can_eliminate && ep->from == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
                   1504:            frame_pointer_needed = 0;
                   1505: 
                   1506:          if (! ep->can_eliminate && ep->can_eliminate_previous)
                   1507:            {
                   1508:              ep->can_eliminate_previous = 0;
                   1509:              spill_hard_reg (ep->from, global, dumpfile, 1);
                   1510:              regs_ever_live[ep->from] = 1;
                   1511:              something_changed = 1;
                   1512:              num_eliminable--;
                   1513:            }
                   1514:        }
                   1515: 
                   1516:       /* If all needs are met, we win.  */
                   1517: 
                   1518:       for (i = 0; i < N_REG_CLASSES; i++)
                   1519:        if (max_needs[i] > 0 || max_groups[i] > 0 || max_nongroups[i] > 0)
                   1520:          break;
                   1521:       if (i == N_REG_CLASSES && !new_basic_block_needs && ! something_changed)
                   1522:        break;
                   1523: 
                   1524:       /* Not all needs are met; must spill more hard regs.  */
                   1525: 
                   1526:       /* If any element of basic_block_needs changed from 0 to 1,
                   1527:         re-spill all the regs already spilled.  This may spill
                   1528:         additional pseudos that didn't spill before.  */
                   1529: 
                   1530:       if (new_basic_block_needs)
                   1531:        for (i = 0; i < n_spills; i++)
                   1532:          something_changed
                   1533:            |= spill_hard_reg (spill_regs[i], global, dumpfile, 0);
                   1534: 
                   1535:       /* Now find more reload regs to satisfy the remaining need
                   1536:         Do it by ascending class number, since otherwise a reg
                   1537:         might be spilled for a big class and might fail to count
                   1538:         for a smaller class even though it belongs to that class.
                   1539: 
                   1540:         Count spilled regs in `spills', and add entries to
                   1541:         `spill_regs' and `spill_reg_order'.
                   1542: 
                   1543:         ??? Note there is a problem here.
                   1544:         When there is a need for a group in a high-numbered class,
                   1545:         and also need for non-group regs that come from a lower class,
                   1546:         the non-group regs are chosen first.  If there aren't many regs,
                   1547:         they might leave no room for a group.
                   1548: 
                   1549:         This was happening on the 386.  To fix it, we added the code
                   1550:         that calls possible_group_p, so that the lower class won't
                   1551:         break up the last possible group.
                   1552: 
                   1553:         Really fixing the problem would require changes above
                   1554:         in counting the regs already spilled, and in choose_reload_regs.
                   1555:         It might be hard to avoid introducing bugs there.  */
                   1556: 
                   1557:       for (class = 0; class < N_REG_CLASSES; class++)
                   1558:        {
                   1559:          /* First get the groups of registers.
                   1560:             If we got single registers first, we might fragment
                   1561:             possible groups.  */
                   1562:          while (max_groups[class] > 0)
                   1563:            {
                   1564:              /* If any single spilled regs happen to form groups,
                   1565:                 count them now.  Maybe we don't really need
                   1566:                 to spill another group.  */
                   1567:              count_possible_groups (group_size, group_mode, max_groups);
                   1568: 
                   1569:              /* Groups of size 2 (the only groups used on most machines)
                   1570:                 are treated specially.  */
                   1571:              if (group_size[class] == 2)
                   1572:                {
                   1573:                  /* First, look for a register that will complete a group.  */
                   1574:                  for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                   1575:                    {
                   1576:                      int j = potential_reload_regs[i];
                   1577:                      int other;
                   1578:                      if (j >= 0 && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (bad_spill_regs, j)
                   1579:                          &&
                   1580:                          ((j > 0 && (other = j - 1, spill_reg_order[other] >= 0)
                   1581:                            && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], j)
                   1582:                            && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], other)
                   1583:                            && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (other, group_mode[class])
                   1584:                            && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups,
                   1585:                                                    other)
                   1586:                            /* We don't want one part of another group.
                   1587:                               We could get "two groups" that overlap!  */
                   1588:                            && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_groups, other))
                   1589:                           ||
                   1590:                           (j < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER - 1
                   1591:                            && (other = j + 1, spill_reg_order[other] >= 0)
                   1592:                            && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], j)
                   1593:                            && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], other)
                   1594:                            && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (j, group_mode[class])
                   1595:                            && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups,
                   1596:                                                    other)
                   1597:                            && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_groups,
                   1598:                                                    other))))
                   1599:                        {
                   1600:                          register enum reg_class *p;
                   1601: 
                   1602:                          /* We have found one that will complete a group,
                   1603:                             so count off one group as provided.  */
                   1604:                          max_groups[class]--;
                   1605:                          p = reg_class_superclasses[class];
                   1606:                          while (*p != LIM_REG_CLASSES)
                   1607:                            max_groups[(int) *p++]--;
                   1608: 
                   1609:                          /* Indicate both these regs are part of a group.  */
                   1610:                          SET_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_groups, j);
                   1611:                          SET_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_groups, other);
                   1612:                          break;
                   1613:                        }
                   1614:                    }
                   1615:                  /* We can't complete a group, so start one.  */
                   1616:                  if (i == FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   1617:                    for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                   1618:                      {
                   1619:                        int j = potential_reload_regs[i];
                   1620:                        if (j >= 0 && j + 1 < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   1621:                            && spill_reg_order[j] < 0 && spill_reg_order[j + 1] < 0
                   1622:                            && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], j)
                   1623:                            && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], j + 1)
                   1624:                            && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (j, group_mode[class])
                   1625:                            && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups,
                   1626:                                                    j + 1))
                   1627:                          break;
                   1628:                      }
                   1629: 
                   1630:                  /* I should be the index in potential_reload_regs
                   1631:                     of the new reload reg we have found.  */
                   1632: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     1633:                  if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
        !          1634:                    {
        !          1635:                      /* There are no groups left to spill.  */
        !          1636:                      spill_failure (max_groups_insn[class]);
        !          1637:                      failure = 1;
        !          1638:                      goto failed;
        !          1639:                    }
        !          1640:                  else
        !          1641:                    something_changed
        !          1642:                      |= new_spill_reg (i, class, max_needs, NULL_PTR,
        !          1643:                                        global, dumpfile);
1.1       root     1644:                }
                   1645:              else
                   1646:                {
                   1647:                  /* For groups of more than 2 registers,
                   1648:                     look for a sufficient sequence of unspilled registers,
                   1649:                     and spill them all at once.  */
                   1650:                  for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                   1651:                    {
                   1652:                      int j = potential_reload_regs[i];
                   1653:                      int k;
1.1.1.4 ! root     1654:                      if (j >= 0
        !          1655:                          && j + group_size[class] <= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1.1       root     1656:                          && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (j, group_mode[class]))
                   1657:                        {
                   1658:                          /* Check each reg in the sequence.  */
                   1659:                          for (k = 0; k < group_size[class]; k++)
                   1660:                            if (! (spill_reg_order[j + k] < 0
                   1661:                                   && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (bad_spill_regs, j + k)
                   1662:                                   && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], j + k)))
                   1663:                              break;
                   1664:                          /* We got a full sequence, so spill them all.  */
                   1665:                          if (k == group_size[class])
                   1666:                            {
                   1667:                              register enum reg_class *p;
                   1668:                              for (k = 0; k < group_size[class]; k++)
                   1669:                                {
                   1670:                                  int idx;
                   1671:                                  SET_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_groups, j + k);
                   1672:                                  for (idx = 0; idx < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; idx++)
                   1673:                                    if (potential_reload_regs[idx] == j + k)
                   1674:                                      break;
                   1675:                                  something_changed
1.1.1.4 ! root     1676:                                    |= new_spill_reg (idx, class,
        !          1677:                                                      max_needs, NULL_PTR,
1.1       root     1678:                                                      global, dumpfile);
                   1679:                                }
                   1680: 
                   1681:                              /* We have found one that will complete a group,
                   1682:                                 so count off one group as provided.  */
                   1683:                              max_groups[class]--;
                   1684:                              p = reg_class_superclasses[class];
                   1685:                              while (*p != LIM_REG_CLASSES)
                   1686:                                max_groups[(int) *p++]--;
                   1687: 
                   1688:                              break;
                   1689:                            }
                   1690:                        }
                   1691:                    }
1.1.1.3   root     1692:                  /* We couldn't find any registers for this reload.
1.1.1.4 ! root     1693:                     Avoid going into an infinite loop.  */
        !          1694:                  if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
        !          1695:                    {
        !          1696:                      /* There are no groups left.  */
        !          1697:                      spill_failure (max_groups_insn[class]);
        !          1698:                      failure = 1;
        !          1699:                      goto failed;
        !          1700:                    }
1.1       root     1701:                }
                   1702:            }
                   1703: 
                   1704:          /* Now similarly satisfy all need for single registers.  */
                   1705: 
                   1706:          while (max_needs[class] > 0 || max_nongroups[class] > 0)
                   1707:            {
                   1708:              /* Consider the potential reload regs that aren't
                   1709:                 yet in use as reload regs, in order of preference.
                   1710:                 Find the most preferred one that's in this class.  */
                   1711: 
                   1712:              for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                   1713:                if (potential_reload_regs[i] >= 0
                   1714:                    && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class],
                   1715:                                          potential_reload_regs[i])
                   1716:                    /* If this reg will not be available for groups,
                   1717:                       pick one that does not foreclose possible groups.
                   1718:                       This is a kludge, and not very general,
                   1719:                       but it should be sufficient to make the 386 work,
                   1720:                       and the problem should not occur on machines with
                   1721:                       more registers.  */
                   1722:                    && (max_nongroups[class] == 0
                   1723:                        || possible_group_p (potential_reload_regs[i], max_groups)))
                   1724:                  break;
                   1725: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     1726:              /* If we couldn't get a register, try to get one even if we
        !          1727:                 might foreclose possible groups.  This may cause problems
        !          1728:                 later, but that's better than aborting now, since it is
        !          1729:                 possible that we will, in fact, be able to form the needed
        !          1730:                 group even with this allocation.  */
        !          1731: 
        !          1732:              if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
        !          1733:                  && (asm_noperands (max_needs[class] > 0
        !          1734:                                     ? max_needs_insn[class]
        !          1735:                                     : max_nongroups_insn[class])
        !          1736:                      < 0))
        !          1737:                for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
        !          1738:                  if (potential_reload_regs[i] >= 0
        !          1739:                      && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class],
        !          1740:                                            potential_reload_regs[i]))
        !          1741:                    break;
        !          1742: 
1.1       root     1743:              /* I should be the index in potential_reload_regs
                   1744:                 of the new reload reg we have found.  */
                   1745: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     1746:              if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
        !          1747:                {
        !          1748:                  /* There are no possible registers left to spill.  */
        !          1749:                  spill_failure (max_needs[class] > 0 ? max_needs_insn[class]
        !          1750:                                 : max_nongroups_insn[class]);
        !          1751:                  failure = 1;
        !          1752:                  goto failed;
        !          1753:                }
        !          1754:              else
        !          1755:                something_changed
        !          1756:                  |= new_spill_reg (i, class, max_needs, max_nongroups,
        !          1757:                                    global, dumpfile);
1.1       root     1758:            }
                   1759:        }
                   1760:     }
                   1761: 
                   1762:   /* If global-alloc was run, notify it of any register eliminations we have
                   1763:      done.  */
                   1764:   if (global)
                   1765:     for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
                   1766:       if (ep->can_eliminate)
                   1767:        mark_elimination (ep->from, ep->to);
                   1768: 
                   1769:   /* Insert code to save and restore call-clobbered hard regs
                   1770:      around calls.  Tell if what mode to use so that we will process
                   1771:      those insns in reload_as_needed if we have to.  */
                   1772: 
                   1773:   if (caller_save_needed)
                   1774:     save_call_clobbered_regs (num_eliminable ? QImode
                   1775:                              : caller_save_spill_class != NO_REGS ? HImode
                   1776:                              : VOIDmode);
                   1777: 
                   1778:   /* If a pseudo has no hard reg, delete the insns that made the equivalence.
                   1779:      If that insn didn't set the register (i.e., it copied the register to
                   1780:      memory), just delete that insn instead of the equivalencing insn plus
                   1781:      anything now dead.  If we call delete_dead_insn on that insn, we may
                   1782:      delete the insn that actually sets the register if the register die
                   1783:      there and that is incorrect.  */
                   1784: 
                   1785:   for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_regno; i++)
                   1786:     if (reg_renumber[i] < 0 && reg_equiv_init[i] != 0
                   1787:        && GET_CODE (reg_equiv_init[i]) != NOTE)
                   1788:       {
                   1789:        if (reg_set_p (regno_reg_rtx[i], PATTERN (reg_equiv_init[i])))
                   1790:          delete_dead_insn (reg_equiv_init[i]);
                   1791:        else
                   1792:          {
                   1793:            PUT_CODE (reg_equiv_init[i], NOTE);
                   1794:            NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (reg_equiv_init[i]) = 0;
                   1795:            NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (reg_equiv_init[i]) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
                   1796:          }
                   1797:       }
                   1798: 
                   1799:   /* Use the reload registers where necessary
                   1800:      by generating move instructions to move the must-be-register
                   1801:      values into or out of the reload registers.  */
                   1802: 
                   1803:   if (something_needs_reloads || something_needs_elimination
                   1804:       || (caller_save_needed && num_eliminable)
                   1805:       || caller_save_spill_class != NO_REGS)
                   1806:     reload_as_needed (first, global);
                   1807: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     1808:   /* If we were able to eliminate the frame pointer, show that it is no
        !          1809:      longer live at the start of any basic block.  If it is live by
        !          1810:      virtue of being in a pseudo, that pseudo will be marked live
        !          1811:      and hence the frame pointer will be known to be live via that
        !          1812:      pseudo.  */
        !          1813: 
        !          1814:   if (! frame_pointer_needed)
        !          1815:     for (i = 0; i < n_basic_blocks; i++)
        !          1816:       basic_block_live_at_start[i][FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM / REGSET_ELT_BITS]
        !          1817:        &= ~ ((REGSET_ELT_TYPE) 1 << (FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM % REGSET_ELT_BITS));
        !          1818: 
1.1       root     1819:   reload_in_progress = 0;
                   1820: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     1821:   /* Come here (with failure set nonzero) if we can't get enough spill regs
        !          1822:      and we decide not to abort about it.  */
        !          1823:  failed:
        !          1824: 
1.1       root     1825:   /* Now eliminate all pseudo regs by modifying them into
                   1826:      their equivalent memory references.
                   1827:      The REG-rtx's for the pseudos are modified in place,
                   1828:      so all insns that used to refer to them now refer to memory.
                   1829: 
                   1830:      For a reg that has a reg_equiv_address, all those insns
                   1831:      were changed by reloading so that no insns refer to it any longer;
                   1832:      but the DECL_RTL of a variable decl may refer to it,
                   1833:      and if so this causes the debugging info to mention the variable.  */
                   1834: 
                   1835:   for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_regno; i++)
                   1836:     {
                   1837:       rtx addr = 0;
1.1.1.3   root     1838:       int in_struct = 0;
1.1       root     1839:       if (reg_equiv_mem[i])
1.1.1.3   root     1840:        {
                   1841:          addr = XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[i], 0);
                   1842:          in_struct = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (reg_equiv_mem[i]);
                   1843:        }
1.1       root     1844:       if (reg_equiv_address[i])
                   1845:        addr = reg_equiv_address[i];
                   1846:       if (addr)
                   1847:        {
                   1848:          if (reg_renumber[i] < 0)
                   1849:            {
                   1850:              rtx reg = regno_reg_rtx[i];
                   1851:              XEXP (reg, 0) = addr;
                   1852:              REG_USERVAR_P (reg) = 0;
1.1.1.3   root     1853:              MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (reg) = in_struct;
1.1       root     1854:              PUT_CODE (reg, MEM);
                   1855:            }
                   1856:          else if (reg_equiv_mem[i])
                   1857:            XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[i], 0) = addr;
                   1858:        }
                   1859:     }
                   1860: 
                   1861: #ifdef PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P
                   1862:   /* Make a pass over all the insns and remove death notes for things that
                   1863:      are no longer registers or no longer die in the insn (e.g., an input
                   1864:      and output pseudo being tied).  */
                   1865: 
                   1866:   for (insn = first; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   1867:     if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) == 'i')
                   1868:       {
                   1869:        rtx note, next;
                   1870: 
                   1871:        for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = next)
                   1872:          {
                   1873:            next = XEXP (note, 1);
                   1874:            if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD
                   1875:                && (GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) != REG
                   1876:                    || reg_set_p (XEXP (note, 0), PATTERN (insn))))
                   1877:              remove_note (insn, note);
                   1878:          }
                   1879:       }
                   1880: #endif
                   1881: 
                   1882:   /* Indicate that we no longer have known memory locations or constants.  */
                   1883:   reg_equiv_constant = 0;
                   1884:   reg_equiv_memory_loc = 0;
1.1.1.4 ! root     1885: 
        !          1886:   return failure;
1.1       root     1887: }
                   1888: 
                   1889: /* Nonzero if, after spilling reg REGNO for non-groups,
                   1890:    it will still be possible to find a group if we still need one.  */
                   1891: 
                   1892: static int
                   1893: possible_group_p (regno, max_groups)
                   1894:      int regno;
                   1895:      int *max_groups;
                   1896: {
                   1897:   int i;
                   1898:   int class = (int) NO_REGS;
                   1899: 
                   1900:   for (i = 0; i < (int) N_REG_CLASSES; i++)
                   1901:     if (max_groups[i] > 0)
                   1902:       {
                   1903:        class = i;
                   1904:        break;
                   1905:       }
                   1906: 
                   1907:   if (class == (int) NO_REGS)
                   1908:     return 1;
                   1909: 
                   1910:   /* Consider each pair of consecutive registers.  */
                   1911:   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER - 1; i++)
                   1912:     {
                   1913:       /* Ignore pairs that include reg REGNO.  */
                   1914:       if (i == regno || i + 1 == regno)
                   1915:        continue;
                   1916: 
                   1917:       /* Ignore pairs that are outside the class that needs the group.
                   1918:         ??? Here we fail to handle the case where two different classes
                   1919:         independently need groups.  But this never happens with our
                   1920:         current machine descriptions.  */
                   1921:       if (! (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], i)
                   1922:             && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], i + 1)))
                   1923:        continue;
                   1924: 
                   1925:       /* A pair of consecutive regs we can still spill does the trick.  */
                   1926:       if (spill_reg_order[i] < 0 && spill_reg_order[i + 1] < 0
                   1927:          && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (bad_spill_regs, i)
                   1928:          && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (bad_spill_regs, i + 1))
                   1929:        return 1;
                   1930: 
                   1931:       /* A pair of one already spilled and one we can spill does it
                   1932:         provided the one already spilled is not otherwise reserved.  */
                   1933:       if (spill_reg_order[i] < 0
                   1934:          && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (bad_spill_regs, i)
                   1935:          && spill_reg_order[i + 1] >= 0
                   1936:          && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_groups, i + 1)
                   1937:          && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups, i + 1))
                   1938:        return 1;
                   1939:       if (spill_reg_order[i + 1] < 0
                   1940:          && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (bad_spill_regs, i + 1)
                   1941:          && spill_reg_order[i] >= 0
                   1942:          && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_groups, i)
                   1943:          && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups, i))
                   1944:        return 1;
                   1945:     }
                   1946: 
                   1947:   return 0;
                   1948: }
                   1949: 
                   1950: /* Count any groups that can be formed from the registers recently spilled.
                   1951:    This is done class by class, in order of ascending class number.  */
                   1952: 
                   1953: static void
                   1954: count_possible_groups (group_size, group_mode, max_groups)
                   1955:      int *group_size, *max_groups;
                   1956:      enum machine_mode *group_mode;
                   1957: {
                   1958:   int i;
                   1959:   /* Now find all consecutive groups of spilled registers
                   1960:      and mark each group off against the need for such groups.
                   1961:      But don't count them against ordinary need, yet.  */
                   1962: 
                   1963:   for (i = 0; i < N_REG_CLASSES; i++)
                   1964:     if (group_size[i] > 1)
                   1965:       {
                   1966:        char regmask[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
                   1967:        int j;
                   1968: 
                   1969:        bzero (regmask, sizeof regmask);
                   1970:        /* Make a mask of all the regs that are spill regs in class I.  */
                   1971:        for (j = 0; j < n_spills; j++)
                   1972:          if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[i], spill_regs[j])
                   1973:              && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_groups, spill_regs[j])
                   1974:              && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups,
                   1975:                                      spill_regs[j]))
                   1976:            regmask[spill_regs[j]] = 1;
                   1977:        /* Find each consecutive group of them.  */
                   1978:        for (j = 0; j < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && max_groups[i] > 0; j++)
                   1979:          if (regmask[j] && j + group_size[i] <= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   1980:              /* Next line in case group-mode for this class
                   1981:                 demands an even-odd pair.  */
                   1982:              && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (j, group_mode[i]))
                   1983:            {
                   1984:              int k;
                   1985:              for (k = 1; k < group_size[i]; k++)
                   1986:                if (! regmask[j + k])
                   1987:                  break;
                   1988:              if (k == group_size[i])
                   1989:                {
                   1990:                  /* We found a group.  Mark it off against this class's
                   1991:                     need for groups, and against each superclass too.  */
                   1992:                  register enum reg_class *p;
                   1993:                  max_groups[i]--;
                   1994:                  p = reg_class_superclasses[i];
                   1995:                  while (*p != LIM_REG_CLASSES)
                   1996:                    max_groups[(int) *p++]--;
                   1997:                  /* Don't count these registers again.  */
                   1998:                  for (k = 0; k < group_size[i]; k++)
                   1999:                    SET_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_groups, j + k);
                   2000:                }
1.1.1.3   root     2001:              /* Skip to the last reg in this group.  When j is incremented
                   2002:                 above, it will then point to the first reg of the next
                   2003:                 possible group.  */
                   2004:              j += k - 1;
1.1       root     2005:            }
                   2006:       }
                   2007: 
                   2008: }
                   2009: 
                   2010: /* ALLOCATE_MODE is a register mode that needs to be reloaded.  OTHER_MODE is
                   2011:    another mode that needs to be reloaded for the same register class CLASS.
                   2012:    If any reg in CLASS allows ALLOCATE_MODE but not OTHER_MODE, fail.
                   2013:    ALLOCATE_MODE will never be smaller than OTHER_MODE.
                   2014: 
                   2015:    This code used to also fail if any reg in CLASS allows OTHER_MODE but not
                   2016:    ALLOCATE_MODE.  This test is unnecessary, because we will never try to put
                   2017:    something of mode ALLOCATE_MODE into an OTHER_MODE register.  Testing this
                   2018:    causes unnecessary failures on machines requiring alignment of register
                   2019:    groups when the two modes are different sizes, because the larger mode has
                   2020:    more strict alignment rules than the smaller mode.  */
                   2021: 
                   2022: static int
                   2023: modes_equiv_for_class_p (allocate_mode, other_mode, class)
                   2024:      enum machine_mode allocate_mode, other_mode;
                   2025:      enum reg_class class;
                   2026: {
                   2027:   register int regno;
                   2028:   for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
                   2029:     {
                   2030:       if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], regno)
                   2031:          && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, allocate_mode)
                   2032:          && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, other_mode))
                   2033:        return 0;
                   2034:     }
                   2035:   return 1;
                   2036: }
                   2037: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     2038: /* Handle the failure to find a register to spill.
        !          2039:    INSN should be one of the insns which needed this particular spill reg.  */
        !          2040: 
        !          2041: static void
        !          2042: spill_failure (insn)
        !          2043:      rtx insn;
        !          2044: {
        !          2045:   if (asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) >= 0)
        !          2046:     error_for_asm (insn, "`asm' needs too many reloads");
        !          2047:   else
        !          2048:     abort ();
        !          2049: }
        !          2050: 
1.1       root     2051: /* Add a new register to the tables of available spill-registers
                   2052:     (as well as spilling all pseudos allocated to the register).
                   2053:    I is the index of this register in potential_reload_regs.
                   2054:    CLASS is the regclass whose need is being satisfied.
                   2055:    MAX_NEEDS and MAX_NONGROUPS are the vectors of needs,
                   2056:     so that this register can count off against them.
                   2057:     MAX_NONGROUPS is 0 if this register is part of a group.
                   2058:    GLOBAL and DUMPFILE are the same as the args that `reload' got.  */
                   2059: 
                   2060: static int
                   2061: new_spill_reg (i, class, max_needs, max_nongroups, global, dumpfile)
                   2062:      int i;
                   2063:      int class;
                   2064:      int *max_needs;
                   2065:      int *max_nongroups;
                   2066:      int global;
                   2067:      FILE *dumpfile;
                   2068: {
                   2069:   register enum reg_class *p;
                   2070:   int val;
                   2071:   int regno = potential_reload_regs[i];
                   2072: 
                   2073:   if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   2074:     abort ();  /* Caller failed to find any register.  */
                   2075: 
                   2076:   if (fixed_regs[regno] || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (forbidden_regs, regno))
                   2077:     fatal ("fixed or forbidden register was spilled.\n\
                   2078: This may be due to a compiler bug or to impossible asm statements.");
                   2079: 
                   2080:   /* Make reg REGNO an additional reload reg.  */
                   2081: 
                   2082:   potential_reload_regs[i] = -1;
                   2083:   spill_regs[n_spills] = regno;
                   2084:   spill_reg_order[regno] = n_spills;
                   2085:   if (dumpfile)
                   2086:     fprintf (dumpfile, "Spilling reg %d.\n", spill_regs[n_spills]);
                   2087: 
                   2088:   /* Clear off the needs we just satisfied.  */
                   2089: 
                   2090:   max_needs[class]--;
                   2091:   p = reg_class_superclasses[class];
                   2092:   while (*p != LIM_REG_CLASSES)
                   2093:     max_needs[(int) *p++]--;
                   2094: 
                   2095:   if (max_nongroups && max_nongroups[class] > 0)
                   2096:     {
                   2097:       SET_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups, regno);
                   2098:       max_nongroups[class]--;
                   2099:       p = reg_class_superclasses[class];
                   2100:       while (*p != LIM_REG_CLASSES)
                   2101:        max_nongroups[(int) *p++]--;
                   2102:     }
                   2103: 
                   2104:   /* Spill every pseudo reg that was allocated to this reg
                   2105:      or to something that overlaps this reg.  */
                   2106: 
                   2107:   val = spill_hard_reg (spill_regs[n_spills], global, dumpfile, 0);
                   2108: 
                   2109:   /* If there are some registers still to eliminate and this register
                   2110:      wasn't ever used before, additional stack space may have to be
                   2111:      allocated to store this register.  Thus, we may have changed the offset
                   2112:      between the stack and frame pointers, so mark that something has changed.
                   2113:      (If new pseudos were spilled, thus requiring more space, VAL would have
                   2114:      been set non-zero by the call to spill_hard_reg above since additional
                   2115:      reloads may be needed in that case.
                   2116: 
                   2117:      One might think that we need only set VAL to 1 if this is a call-used
                   2118:      register.  However, the set of registers that must be saved by the
                   2119:      prologue is not identical to the call-used set.  For example, the
                   2120:      register used by the call insn for the return PC is a call-used register,
                   2121:      but must be saved by the prologue.  */
                   2122:   if (num_eliminable && ! regs_ever_live[spill_regs[n_spills]])
                   2123:     val = 1;
                   2124: 
                   2125:   regs_ever_live[spill_regs[n_spills]] = 1;
                   2126:   n_spills++;
                   2127: 
                   2128:   return val;
                   2129: }
                   2130: 
                   2131: /* Delete an unneeded INSN and any previous insns who sole purpose is loading
                   2132:    data that is dead in INSN.  */
                   2133: 
                   2134: static void
                   2135: delete_dead_insn (insn)
                   2136:      rtx insn;
                   2137: {
                   2138:   rtx prev = prev_real_insn (insn);
                   2139:   rtx prev_dest;
                   2140: 
                   2141:   /* If the previous insn sets a register that dies in our insn, delete it
                   2142:      too.  */
                   2143:   if (prev && GET_CODE (PATTERN (prev)) == SET
                   2144:       && (prev_dest = SET_DEST (PATTERN (prev)), GET_CODE (prev_dest) == REG)
                   2145:       && reg_mentioned_p (prev_dest, PATTERN (insn))
                   2146:       && find_regno_note (insn, REG_DEAD, REGNO (prev_dest)))
                   2147:     delete_dead_insn (prev);
                   2148: 
                   2149:   PUT_CODE (insn, NOTE);
                   2150:   NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
                   2151:   NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (insn) = 0;
                   2152: }
                   2153: 
                   2154: /* Modify the home of pseudo-reg I.
                   2155:    The new home is present in reg_renumber[I].
                   2156: 
                   2157:    FROM_REG may be the hard reg that the pseudo-reg is being spilled from;
                   2158:    or it may be -1, meaning there is none or it is not relevant.
                   2159:    This is used so that all pseudos spilled from a given hard reg
                   2160:    can share one stack slot.  */
                   2161: 
                   2162: static void
                   2163: alter_reg (i, from_reg)
                   2164:      register int i;
                   2165:      int from_reg;
                   2166: {
                   2167:   /* When outputting an inline function, this can happen
                   2168:      for a reg that isn't actually used.  */
                   2169:   if (regno_reg_rtx[i] == 0)
                   2170:     return;
                   2171: 
                   2172:   /* If the reg got changed to a MEM at rtl-generation time,
                   2173:      ignore it.  */
                   2174:   if (GET_CODE (regno_reg_rtx[i]) != REG)
                   2175:     return;
                   2176: 
                   2177:   /* Modify the reg-rtx to contain the new hard reg
                   2178:      number or else to contain its pseudo reg number.  */
                   2179:   REGNO (regno_reg_rtx[i])
                   2180:     = reg_renumber[i] >= 0 ? reg_renumber[i] : i;
                   2181: 
                   2182:   /* If we have a pseudo that is needed but has no hard reg or equivalent,
                   2183:      allocate a stack slot for it.  */
                   2184: 
                   2185:   if (reg_renumber[i] < 0
                   2186:       && reg_n_refs[i] > 0
                   2187:       && reg_equiv_constant[i] == 0
                   2188:       && reg_equiv_memory_loc[i] == 0)
                   2189:     {
                   2190:       register rtx x;
                   2191:       int inherent_size = PSEUDO_REGNO_BYTES (i);
                   2192:       int total_size = MAX (inherent_size, reg_max_ref_width[i]);
                   2193:       int adjust = 0;
                   2194: 
                   2195:       /* Each pseudo reg has an inherent size which comes from its own mode,
                   2196:         and a total size which provides room for paradoxical subregs
                   2197:         which refer to the pseudo reg in wider modes.
                   2198: 
                   2199:         We can use a slot already allocated if it provides both
                   2200:         enough inherent space and enough total space.
                   2201:         Otherwise, we allocate a new slot, making sure that it has no less
                   2202:         inherent space, and no less total space, then the previous slot.  */
                   2203:       if (from_reg == -1)
                   2204:        {
                   2205:          /* No known place to spill from => no slot to reuse.  */
                   2206:          x = assign_stack_local (GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[i]), total_size, -1);
                   2207: #if BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
                   2208:          /* Cancel the  big-endian correction done in assign_stack_local.
                   2209:             Get the address of the beginning of the slot.
                   2210:             This is so we can do a big-endian correction unconditionally
                   2211:             below.  */
                   2212:          adjust = inherent_size - total_size;
                   2213: #endif
                   2214:        }
                   2215:       /* Reuse a stack slot if possible.  */
                   2216:       else if (spill_stack_slot[from_reg] != 0
                   2217:               && spill_stack_slot_width[from_reg] >= total_size
                   2218:               && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (spill_stack_slot[from_reg]))
                   2219:                   >= inherent_size))
                   2220:        x = spill_stack_slot[from_reg];
                   2221:       /* Allocate a bigger slot.  */
                   2222:       else
                   2223:        {
                   2224:          /* Compute maximum size needed, both for inherent size
                   2225:             and for total size.  */
                   2226:          enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[i]);
                   2227:          if (spill_stack_slot[from_reg])
                   2228:            {
                   2229:              if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (spill_stack_slot[from_reg]))
                   2230:                  > inherent_size)
                   2231:                mode = GET_MODE (spill_stack_slot[from_reg]);
                   2232:              if (spill_stack_slot_width[from_reg] > total_size)
                   2233:                total_size = spill_stack_slot_width[from_reg];
                   2234:            }
                   2235:          /* Make a slot with that size.  */
                   2236:          x = assign_stack_local (mode, total_size, -1);
                   2237: #if BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
                   2238:          /* Cancel the  big-endian correction done in assign_stack_local.
                   2239:             Get the address of the beginning of the slot.
                   2240:             This is so we can do a big-endian correction unconditionally
                   2241:             below.  */
                   2242:          adjust = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) - total_size;
                   2243: #endif
                   2244:          spill_stack_slot[from_reg] = x;
                   2245:          spill_stack_slot_width[from_reg] = total_size;
                   2246:        }
                   2247: 
                   2248: #if BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
                   2249:       /* On a big endian machine, the "address" of the slot
                   2250:         is the address of the low part that fits its inherent mode.  */
                   2251:       if (inherent_size < total_size)
                   2252:        adjust += (total_size - inherent_size);
                   2253: #endif /* BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN */
                   2254: 
                   2255:       /* If we have any adjustment to make, or if the stack slot is the
                   2256:         wrong mode, make a new stack slot.  */
                   2257:       if (adjust != 0 || GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[i]))
                   2258:        {
                   2259:          x = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (regno_reg_rtx[i]),
                   2260:                       plus_constant (XEXP (x, 0), adjust));
                   2261:          RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[i]);
                   2262:        }
                   2263: 
                   2264:       /* Save the stack slot for later.   */
                   2265:       reg_equiv_memory_loc[i] = x;
                   2266:     }
                   2267: }
                   2268: 
                   2269: /* Mark the slots in regs_ever_live for the hard regs
                   2270:    used by pseudo-reg number REGNO.  */
                   2271: 
                   2272: void
                   2273: mark_home_live (regno)
                   2274:      int regno;
                   2275: {
                   2276:   register int i, lim;
                   2277:   i = reg_renumber[regno];
                   2278:   if (i < 0)
                   2279:     return;
                   2280:   lim = i + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i, PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (regno));
                   2281:   while (i < lim)
                   2282:     regs_ever_live[i++] = 1;
                   2283: }
                   2284: 
                   2285: /* This function handles the tracking of elimination offsets around branches.
                   2286: 
                   2287:    X is a piece of RTL being scanned.
                   2288: 
                   2289:    INSN is the insn that it came from, if any.
                   2290: 
                   2291:    INITIAL_P is non-zero if we are to set the offset to be the initial
                   2292:    offset and zero if we are setting the offset of the label to be the
                   2293:    current offset.  */
                   2294: 
                   2295: static void
                   2296: set_label_offsets (x, insn, initial_p)
                   2297:      rtx x;
                   2298:      rtx insn;
                   2299:      int initial_p;
                   2300: {
                   2301:   enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
                   2302:   rtx tem;
                   2303:   int i;
                   2304:   struct elim_table *p;
                   2305: 
                   2306:   switch (code)
                   2307:     {
                   2308:     case LABEL_REF:
1.1.1.4 ! root     2309:       if (LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (x))
        !          2310:        return;
        !          2311: 
1.1       root     2312:       x = XEXP (x, 0);
                   2313: 
                   2314:       /* ... fall through ... */
                   2315: 
                   2316:     case CODE_LABEL:
                   2317:       /* If we know nothing about this label, set the desired offsets.  Note
                   2318:         that this sets the offset at a label to be the offset before a label
                   2319:         if we don't know anything about the label.  This is not correct for
                   2320:         the label after a BARRIER, but is the best guess we can make.  If
                   2321:         we guessed wrong, we will suppress an elimination that might have
                   2322:         been possible had we been able to guess correctly.  */
                   2323: 
                   2324:       if (! offsets_known_at[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x)])
                   2325:        {
                   2326:          for (i = 0; i < NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS; i++)
                   2327:            offsets_at[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x)][i]
                   2328:              = (initial_p ? reg_eliminate[i].initial_offset
                   2329:                 : reg_eliminate[i].offset);
                   2330:          offsets_known_at[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x)] = 1;
                   2331:        }
                   2332: 
                   2333:       /* Otherwise, if this is the definition of a label and it is
1.1.1.2   root     2334:         preceded by a BARRIER, set our offsets to the known offset of
1.1       root     2335:         that label.  */
                   2336: 
                   2337:       else if (x == insn
                   2338:               && (tem = prev_nonnote_insn (insn)) != 0
                   2339:               && GET_CODE (tem) == BARRIER)
                   2340:        {
                   2341:          num_not_at_initial_offset = 0;
                   2342:          for (i = 0; i < NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS; i++)
                   2343:            {
                   2344:              reg_eliminate[i].offset = reg_eliminate[i].previous_offset
                   2345:                = offsets_at[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x)][i];
1.1.1.2   root     2346:              if (reg_eliminate[i].can_eliminate
                   2347:                  && (reg_eliminate[i].offset
                   2348:                      != reg_eliminate[i].initial_offset))
1.1       root     2349:                num_not_at_initial_offset++;
                   2350:            }
                   2351:        }
                   2352: 
                   2353:       else
                   2354:        /* If neither of the above cases is true, compare each offset
                   2355:           with those previously recorded and suppress any eliminations
                   2356:           where the offsets disagree.  */
                   2357: 
                   2358:        for (i = 0; i < NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS; i++)
                   2359:          if (offsets_at[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (x)][i]
                   2360:              != (initial_p ? reg_eliminate[i].initial_offset
                   2361:                  : reg_eliminate[i].offset))
                   2362:            reg_eliminate[i].can_eliminate = 0;
                   2363: 
                   2364:       return;
                   2365: 
                   2366:     case JUMP_INSN:
                   2367:       set_label_offsets (PATTERN (insn), insn, initial_p);
                   2368: 
                   2369:       /* ... fall through ... */
                   2370: 
                   2371:     case INSN:
                   2372:     case CALL_INSN:
                   2373:       /* Any labels mentioned in REG_LABEL notes can be branched to indirectly
                   2374:         and hence must have all eliminations at their initial offsets.  */
                   2375:       for (tem = REG_NOTES (x); tem; tem = XEXP (tem, 1))
                   2376:        if (REG_NOTE_KIND (tem) == REG_LABEL)
                   2377:          set_label_offsets (XEXP (tem, 0), insn, 1);
                   2378:       return;
                   2379: 
                   2380:     case ADDR_VEC:
                   2381:     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
                   2382:       /* Each of the labels in the address vector must be at their initial
                   2383:         offsets.  We want the first first for ADDR_VEC and the second
                   2384:         field for ADDR_DIFF_VEC.  */
                   2385: 
                   2386:       for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (x, code == ADDR_DIFF_VEC); i++)
                   2387:        set_label_offsets (XVECEXP (x, code == ADDR_DIFF_VEC, i),
                   2388:                           insn, initial_p);
                   2389:       return;
                   2390: 
                   2391:     case SET:
                   2392:       /* We only care about setting PC.  If the source is not RETURN,
                   2393:         IF_THEN_ELSE, or a label, disable any eliminations not at
                   2394:         their initial offsets.  Similarly if any arm of the IF_THEN_ELSE
                   2395:         isn't one of those possibilities.  For branches to a label,
                   2396:         call ourselves recursively.
                   2397: 
                   2398:         Note that this can disable elimination unnecessarily when we have
                   2399:         a non-local goto since it will look like a non-constant jump to
                   2400:         someplace in the current function.  This isn't a significant
                   2401:         problem since such jumps will normally be when all elimination
                   2402:         pairs are back to their initial offsets.  */
                   2403: 
                   2404:       if (SET_DEST (x) != pc_rtx)
                   2405:        return;
                   2406: 
                   2407:       switch (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)))
                   2408:        {
                   2409:        case PC:
                   2410:        case RETURN:
                   2411:          return;
                   2412: 
                   2413:        case LABEL_REF:
                   2414:          set_label_offsets (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0), insn, initial_p);
                   2415:          return;
                   2416: 
                   2417:        case IF_THEN_ELSE:
                   2418:          tem = XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 1);
                   2419:          if (GET_CODE (tem) == LABEL_REF)
                   2420:            set_label_offsets (XEXP (tem, 0), insn, initial_p);
                   2421:          else if (GET_CODE (tem) != PC && GET_CODE (tem) != RETURN)
                   2422:            break;
                   2423: 
                   2424:          tem = XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 2);
                   2425:          if (GET_CODE (tem) == LABEL_REF)
                   2426:            set_label_offsets (XEXP (tem, 0), insn, initial_p);
                   2427:          else if (GET_CODE (tem) != PC && GET_CODE (tem) != RETURN)
                   2428:            break;
                   2429:          return;
                   2430:        }
                   2431: 
                   2432:       /* If we reach here, all eliminations must be at their initial
                   2433:         offset because we are doing a jump to a variable address.  */
                   2434:       for (p = reg_eliminate; p < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; p++)
                   2435:        if (p->offset != p->initial_offset)
                   2436:          p->can_eliminate = 0;
                   2437:     }
                   2438: }
                   2439: 
                   2440: /* Used for communication between the next two function to properly share
                   2441:    the vector for an ASM_OPERANDS.  */
                   2442: 
                   2443: static struct rtvec_def *old_asm_operands_vec, *new_asm_operands_vec;
                   2444: 
                   2445: /* Scan X and replace any eliminable registers (such as fp) with a
                   2446:    replacement (such as sp), plus an offset.
                   2447: 
                   2448:    MEM_MODE is the mode of an enclosing MEM.  We need this to know how
                   2449:    much to adjust a register for, e.g., PRE_DEC.  Also, if we are inside a
                   2450:    MEM, we are allowed to replace a sum of a register and the constant zero
                   2451:    with the register, which we cannot do outside a MEM.  In addition, we need
                   2452:    to record the fact that a register is referenced outside a MEM.
                   2453: 
                   2454:    If INSN is nonzero, it is the insn containing X.  If we replace a REG
                   2455:    in a SET_DEST with an equivalent MEM and INSN is non-zero, write a
                   2456:    CLOBBER of the pseudo after INSN so find_equiv_regs will know that
                   2457:    that the REG is being modified.
                   2458: 
                   2459:    If we see a modification to a register we know about, take the
                   2460:    appropriate action (see case SET, below).
                   2461: 
                   2462:    REG_EQUIV_MEM and REG_EQUIV_ADDRESS contain address that have had
                   2463:    replacements done assuming all offsets are at their initial values.  If
                   2464:    they are not, or if REG_EQUIV_ADDRESS is nonzero for a pseudo we
                   2465:    encounter, return the actual location so that find_reloads will do
                   2466:    the proper thing.  */
                   2467: 
                   2468: rtx
                   2469: eliminate_regs (x, mem_mode, insn)
                   2470:      rtx x;
                   2471:      enum machine_mode mem_mode;
                   2472:      rtx insn;
                   2473: {
                   2474:   enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
                   2475:   struct elim_table *ep;
                   2476:   int regno;
                   2477:   rtx new;
                   2478:   int i, j;
                   2479:   char *fmt;
                   2480:   int copied = 0;
                   2481: 
                   2482:   switch (code)
                   2483:     {
                   2484:     case CONST_INT:
                   2485:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   2486:     case CONST:
                   2487:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   2488:     case CODE_LABEL:
                   2489:     case PC:
                   2490:     case CC0:
                   2491:     case ASM_INPUT:
                   2492:     case ADDR_VEC:
                   2493:     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
                   2494:     case RETURN:
                   2495:       return x;
                   2496: 
                   2497:     case REG:
                   2498:       regno = REGNO (x);
                   2499: 
                   2500:       /* First handle the case where we encounter a bare register that
                   2501:         is eliminable.  Replace it with a PLUS.  */
                   2502:       if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   2503:        {
                   2504:          for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS];
                   2505:               ep++)
                   2506:            if (ep->from_rtx == x && ep->can_eliminate)
                   2507:              {
                   2508:                if (! mem_mode)
                   2509:                  ep->ref_outside_mem = 1;
                   2510:                return plus_constant (ep->to_rtx, ep->previous_offset);
                   2511:              }
                   2512: 
                   2513:        }
                   2514:       else if (reg_equiv_memory_loc && reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno]
                   2515:               && (reg_equiv_address[regno] || num_not_at_initial_offset))
                   2516:        {
                   2517:          /* In this case, find_reloads would attempt to either use an
                   2518:             incorrect address (if something is not at its initial offset)
                   2519:             or substitute an replaced address into an insn (which loses
                   2520:             if the offset is changed by some later action).  So we simply
                   2521:             return the replaced stack slot (assuming it is changed by
                   2522:             elimination) and ignore the fact that this is actually a
                   2523:             reference to the pseudo.  Ensure we make a copy of the
                   2524:             address in case it is shared.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root     2525:          new = eliminate_regs (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno],
        !          2526:                                mem_mode, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     2527:          if (new != reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno])
                   2528:            return copy_rtx (new);
                   2529:        }
                   2530:       return x;
                   2531: 
                   2532:     case PLUS:
                   2533:       /* If this is the sum of an eliminable register and a constant, rework
                   2534:         the sum.   */
                   2535:       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
                   2536:          && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   2537:          && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
                   2538:        {
                   2539:          for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS];
                   2540:               ep++)
                   2541:            if (ep->from_rtx == XEXP (x, 0) && ep->can_eliminate)
                   2542:              {
                   2543:                if (! mem_mode)
                   2544:                  ep->ref_outside_mem = 1;
                   2545: 
                   2546:                /* The only time we want to replace a PLUS with a REG (this
                   2547:                   occurs when the constant operand of the PLUS is the negative
                   2548:                   of the offset) is when we are inside a MEM.  We won't want
                   2549:                   to do so at other times because that would change the
                   2550:                   structure of the insn in a way that reload can't handle.
                   2551:                   We special-case the commonest situation in
                   2552:                   eliminate_regs_in_insn, so just replace a PLUS with a
                   2553:                   PLUS here, unless inside a MEM.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root     2554:                if (mem_mode != 0 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
1.1       root     2555:                    && INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) == - ep->previous_offset)
                   2556:                  return ep->to_rtx;
                   2557:                else
                   2558:                  return gen_rtx (PLUS, Pmode, ep->to_rtx,
                   2559:                                  plus_constant (XEXP (x, 1),
                   2560:                                                 ep->previous_offset));
                   2561:              }
                   2562: 
                   2563:          /* If the register is not eliminable, we are done since the other
                   2564:             operand is a constant.  */
                   2565:          return x;
                   2566:        }
                   2567: 
                   2568:       /* If this is part of an address, we want to bring any constant to the
                   2569:         outermost PLUS.  We will do this by doing register replacement in
                   2570:         our operands and seeing if a constant shows up in one of them.
                   2571: 
                   2572:         We assume here this is part of an address (or a "load address" insn)
                   2573:         since an eliminable register is not likely to appear in any other
                   2574:         context.
                   2575: 
                   2576:         If we have (plus (eliminable) (reg)), we want to produce
                   2577:         (plus (plus (replacement) (reg) (const))).  If this was part of a
                   2578:         normal add insn, (plus (replacement) (reg)) will be pushed as a
                   2579:         reload.  This is the desired action.  */
                   2580: 
                   2581:       {
1.1.1.4 ! root     2582:        rtx new0 = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 0), mem_mode, NULL_RTX);
        !          2583:        rtx new1 = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 1), mem_mode, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     2584: 
                   2585:        if (new0 != XEXP (x, 0) || new1 != XEXP (x, 1))
                   2586:          {
                   2587:            /* If one side is a PLUS and the other side is a pseudo that
                   2588:               didn't get a hard register but has a reg_equiv_constant,
                   2589:               we must replace the constant here since it may no longer
                   2590:               be in the position of any operand.  */
                   2591:            if (GET_CODE (new0) == PLUS && GET_CODE (new1) == REG
                   2592:                && REGNO (new1) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   2593:                && reg_renumber[REGNO (new1)] < 0
                   2594:                && reg_equiv_constant != 0
                   2595:                && reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (new1)] != 0)
                   2596:              new1 = reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (new1)];
                   2597:            else if (GET_CODE (new1) == PLUS && GET_CODE (new0) == REG
                   2598:                     && REGNO (new0) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   2599:                     && reg_renumber[REGNO (new0)] < 0
                   2600:                     && reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (new0)] != 0)
                   2601:              new0 = reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (new0)];
                   2602: 
                   2603:            new = form_sum (new0, new1);
                   2604: 
                   2605:            /* As above, if we are not inside a MEM we do not want to
                   2606:               turn a PLUS into something else.  We might try to do so here
                   2607:               for an addition of 0 if we aren't optimizing.  */
                   2608:            if (! mem_mode && GET_CODE (new) != PLUS)
                   2609:              return gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (x), new, const0_rtx);
                   2610:            else
                   2611:              return new;
                   2612:          }
                   2613:       }
                   2614:       return x;
                   2615: 
                   2616:     case EXPR_LIST:
                   2617:       /* If we have something in XEXP (x, 0), the usual case, eliminate it.  */
                   2618:       if (XEXP (x, 0))
                   2619:        {
1.1.1.4 ! root     2620:          new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 0), mem_mode, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     2621:          if (new != XEXP (x, 0))
                   2622:            x = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_NOTE_KIND (x), new, XEXP (x, 1));
                   2623:        }
                   2624: 
                   2625:       /* ... fall through ... */
                   2626: 
                   2627:     case INSN_LIST:
                   2628:       /* Now do eliminations in the rest of the chain.  If this was
                   2629:         an EXPR_LIST, this might result in allocating more memory than is
                   2630:         strictly needed, but it simplifies the code.  */
                   2631:       if (XEXP (x, 1))
                   2632:        {
1.1.1.4 ! root     2633:          new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 1), mem_mode, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     2634:          if (new != XEXP (x, 1))
                   2635:            return gen_rtx (INSN_LIST, GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0), new);
                   2636:        }
                   2637:       return x;
                   2638: 
                   2639:     case CALL:
                   2640:     case COMPARE:
                   2641:     case MINUS:
                   2642:     case MULT:
                   2643:     case DIV:      case UDIV:
                   2644:     case MOD:      case UMOD:
                   2645:     case AND:      case IOR:      case XOR:
                   2646:     case LSHIFT:   case ASHIFT:   case ROTATE:
                   2647:     case ASHIFTRT: case LSHIFTRT: case ROTATERT:
                   2648:     case NE:       case EQ:
                   2649:     case GE:       case GT:       case GEU:    case GTU:
                   2650:     case LE:       case LT:       case LEU:    case LTU:
                   2651:       {
1.1.1.4 ! root     2652:        rtx new0 = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 0), mem_mode, NULL_RTX);
        !          2653:        rtx new1
        !          2654:          = XEXP (x, 1) ? eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 1), mem_mode, NULL_RTX) : 0;
1.1       root     2655: 
                   2656:        if (new0 != XEXP (x, 0) || new1 != XEXP (x, 1))
                   2657:          return gen_rtx (code, GET_MODE (x), new0, new1);
                   2658:       }
                   2659:       return x;
                   2660: 
                   2661:     case PRE_INC:
                   2662:     case POST_INC:
                   2663:     case PRE_DEC:
                   2664:     case POST_DEC:
                   2665:       for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
                   2666:        if (ep->to_rtx == XEXP (x, 0))
                   2667:          {
                   2668:            if (code == PRE_DEC || code == POST_DEC)
                   2669:              ep->offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (mem_mode);
                   2670:            else
                   2671:              ep->offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (mem_mode);
                   2672:          }
                   2673: 
                   2674:       /* Fall through to generic unary operation case.  */
                   2675:     case USE:
                   2676:     case STRICT_LOW_PART:
                   2677:     case NEG:          case NOT:
                   2678:     case SIGN_EXTEND:  case ZERO_EXTEND:
                   2679:     case TRUNCATE:     case FLOAT_EXTEND: case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
                   2680:     case FLOAT:        case FIX:
                   2681:     case UNSIGNED_FIX: case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
                   2682:     case ABS:
                   2683:     case SQRT:
                   2684:     case FFS:
1.1.1.4 ! root     2685:       new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 0), mem_mode, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     2686:       if (new != XEXP (x, 0))
                   2687:        return gen_rtx (code, GET_MODE (x), new);
                   2688:       return x;
                   2689: 
                   2690:     case SUBREG:
                   2691:       /* Similar to above processing, but preserve SUBREG_WORD.
                   2692:         Convert (subreg (mem)) to (mem) if not paradoxical.
                   2693:         Also, if we have a non-paradoxical (subreg (pseudo)) and the
                   2694:         pseudo didn't get a hard reg, we must replace this with the
                   2695:         eliminated version of the memory location because push_reloads
                   2696:         may do the replacement in certain circumstances.  */
                   2697:       if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG
                   2698:          && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
                   2699:              <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))
                   2700:          && reg_equiv_memory_loc != 0
                   2701:          && reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x))] != 0)
                   2702:        {
                   2703:          new = eliminate_regs (reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x))],
1.1.1.4 ! root     2704:                                mem_mode, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     2705: 
                   2706:          /* If we didn't change anything, we must retain the pseudo.  */
                   2707:          if (new == reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x))])
                   2708:            new = XEXP (x, 0);
                   2709:          else
                   2710:            /* Otherwise, ensure NEW isn't shared in case we have to reload
                   2711:               it.  */
                   2712:            new = copy_rtx (new);
                   2713:        }
                   2714:       else
1.1.1.4 ! root     2715:        new = eliminate_regs (SUBREG_REG (x), mem_mode, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     2716: 
                   2717:       if (new != XEXP (x, 0))
                   2718:        {
                   2719:          if (GET_CODE (new) == MEM
                   2720:              && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
                   2721:                  <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (new))))
                   2722:            {
                   2723:              int offset = SUBREG_WORD (x) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
                   2724:              enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
                   2725: 
                   2726: #if BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
                   2727:              offset += (MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD,
                   2728:                              GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (new)))
                   2729:                         - MIN (UNITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)));
                   2730: #endif
                   2731: 
                   2732:              PUT_MODE (new, mode);
                   2733:              XEXP (new, 0) = plus_constant (XEXP (new, 0), offset);
                   2734:              return new;
                   2735:            }
                   2736:          else
                   2737:            return gen_rtx (SUBREG, GET_MODE (x), new, SUBREG_WORD (x));
                   2738:        }
                   2739: 
                   2740:       return x;
                   2741: 
                   2742:     case CLOBBER:
                   2743:       /* If clobbering a register that is the replacement register for an
1.1.1.2   root     2744:         elimination we still think can be performed, note that it cannot
1.1       root     2745:         be performed.  Otherwise, we need not be concerned about it.  */
                   2746:       for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
                   2747:        if (ep->to_rtx == XEXP (x, 0))
                   2748:          ep->can_eliminate = 0;
                   2749: 
                   2750:       return x;
                   2751: 
                   2752:     case ASM_OPERANDS:
                   2753:       {
                   2754:        rtx *temp_vec;
                   2755:        /* Properly handle sharing input and constraint vectors.  */
                   2756:        if (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (x) != old_asm_operands_vec)
                   2757:          {
                   2758:            /* When we come to a new vector not seen before,
                   2759:               scan all its elements; keep the old vector if none
                   2760:               of them changes; otherwise, make a copy.  */
                   2761:            old_asm_operands_vec = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (x);
                   2762:            temp_vec = (rtx *) alloca (XVECLEN (x, 3) * sizeof (rtx));
                   2763:            for (i = 0; i < ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x); i++)
                   2764:              temp_vec[i] = eliminate_regs (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, i),
1.1.1.4 ! root     2765:                                            mem_mode, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     2766: 
                   2767:            for (i = 0; i < ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x); i++)
                   2768:              if (temp_vec[i] != ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x, i))
                   2769:                break;
                   2770: 
                   2771:            if (i == ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x))
                   2772:              new_asm_operands_vec = old_asm_operands_vec;
                   2773:            else
                   2774:              new_asm_operands_vec
                   2775:                = gen_rtvec_v (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x), temp_vec);
                   2776:          }
                   2777: 
                   2778:        /* If we had to copy the vector, copy the entire ASM_OPERANDS.  */
                   2779:        if (new_asm_operands_vec == old_asm_operands_vec)
                   2780:          return x;
                   2781: 
                   2782:        new = gen_rtx (ASM_OPERANDS, VOIDmode, ASM_OPERANDS_TEMPLATE (x),
                   2783:                       ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_CONSTRAINT (x),
                   2784:                       ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (x), new_asm_operands_vec,
                   2785:                       ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (x),
                   2786:                       ASM_OPERANDS_SOURCE_FILE (x),
                   2787:                       ASM_OPERANDS_SOURCE_LINE (x));
                   2788:        new->volatil = x->volatil;
                   2789:        return new;
                   2790:       }
                   2791: 
                   2792:     case SET:
                   2793:       /* Check for setting a register that we know about.  */
                   2794:       if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == REG)
                   2795:        {
                   2796:          /* See if this is setting the replacement register for an
                   2797:             elimination.
                   2798: 
                   2799:             If DEST is the frame pointer, we do nothing because we assume that
                   2800:             all assignments to the frame pointer are for non-local gotos and
                   2801:             are being done at a time when they are valid and do not disturb
                   2802:             anything else.  Some machines want to eliminate a fake argument
                   2803:             pointer with either the frame or stack pointer.  Assignments to
                   2804:             the frame pointer must not prevent this elimination.  */
                   2805: 
                   2806:          for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS];
                   2807:               ep++)
                   2808:            if (ep->to_rtx == SET_DEST (x)
                   2809:                && SET_DEST (x) != frame_pointer_rtx)
                   2810:              {
1.1.1.3   root     2811:                /* If it is being incremented, adjust the offset.  Otherwise,
1.1       root     2812:                   this elimination can't be done.  */
                   2813:                rtx src = SET_SRC (x);
                   2814: 
                   2815:                if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS
                   2816:                    && XEXP (src, 0) == SET_DEST (x)
                   2817:                    && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
                   2818:                  ep->offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
                   2819:                else
                   2820:                  ep->can_eliminate = 0;
                   2821:              }
                   2822: 
                   2823:          /* Now check to see we are assigning to a register that can be
                   2824:             eliminated.  If so, it must be as part of a PARALLEL, since we
                   2825:             will not have been called if this is a single SET.  So indicate
                   2826:             that we can no longer eliminate this reg.  */
                   2827:          for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS];
                   2828:               ep++)
                   2829:            if (ep->from_rtx == SET_DEST (x) && ep->can_eliminate)
                   2830:              ep->can_eliminate = 0;
                   2831:        }
                   2832: 
                   2833:       /* Now avoid the loop below in this common case.  */
                   2834:       {
1.1.1.4 ! root     2835:        rtx new0 = eliminate_regs (SET_DEST (x), 0, NULL_RTX);
        !          2836:        rtx new1 = eliminate_regs (SET_SRC (x), 0, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     2837: 
                   2838:        /* If SET_DEST changed from a REG to a MEM and INSN is non-zero,
                   2839:           write a CLOBBER insn.  */
                   2840:        if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == REG && GET_CODE (new0) == MEM
                   2841:            && insn != 0)
                   2842:          emit_insn_after (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode, SET_DEST (x)), insn);
                   2843: 
                   2844:        if (new0 != SET_DEST (x) || new1 != SET_SRC (x))
                   2845:          return gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode, new0, new1);
                   2846:       }
                   2847: 
                   2848:       return x;
                   2849: 
                   2850:     case MEM:
                   2851:       /* Our only special processing is to pass the mode of the MEM to our
                   2852:         recursive call and copy the flags.  While we are here, handle this
                   2853:         case more efficiently.  */
1.1.1.4 ! root     2854:       new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (x), NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     2855:       if (new != XEXP (x, 0))
                   2856:        {
                   2857:          new = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (x), new);
                   2858:          new->volatil = x->volatil;
                   2859:          new->unchanging = x->unchanging;
                   2860:          new->in_struct = x->in_struct;
                   2861:          return new;
                   2862:        }
                   2863:       else
                   2864:        return x;
                   2865:     }
                   2866: 
                   2867:   /* Process each of our operands recursively.  If any have changed, make a
                   2868:      copy of the rtx.  */
                   2869:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   2870:   for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++, fmt++)
                   2871:     {
                   2872:       if (*fmt == 'e')
                   2873:        {
1.1.1.4 ! root     2874:          new = eliminate_regs (XEXP (x, i), mem_mode, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     2875:          if (new != XEXP (x, i) && ! copied)
                   2876:            {
                   2877:              rtx new_x = rtx_alloc (code);
                   2878:              bcopy (x, new_x, (sizeof (*new_x) - sizeof (new_x->fld)
                   2879:                                + (sizeof (new_x->fld[0])
                   2880:                                   * GET_RTX_LENGTH (code))));
                   2881:              x = new_x;
                   2882:              copied = 1;
                   2883:            }
                   2884:          XEXP (x, i) = new;
                   2885:        }
                   2886:       else if (*fmt == 'E')
                   2887:        {
                   2888:          int copied_vec = 0;
                   2889:          for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   2890:            {
                   2891:              new = eliminate_regs (XVECEXP (x, i, j), mem_mode, insn);
                   2892:              if (new != XVECEXP (x, i, j) && ! copied_vec)
                   2893:                {
                   2894:                  rtvec new_v = gen_rtvec_v (XVECLEN (x, i),
                   2895:                                             &XVECEXP (x, i, 0));
                   2896:                  if (! copied)
                   2897:                    {
                   2898:                      rtx new_x = rtx_alloc (code);
                   2899:                      bcopy (x, new_x, (sizeof (*new_x) - sizeof (new_x->fld)
                   2900:                                        + (sizeof (new_x->fld[0])
                   2901:                                           * GET_RTX_LENGTH (code))));
                   2902:                      x = new_x;
                   2903:                      copied = 1;
                   2904:                    }
                   2905:                  XVEC (x, i) = new_v;
                   2906:                  copied_vec = 1;
                   2907:                }
                   2908:              XVECEXP (x, i, j) = new;
                   2909:            }
                   2910:        }
                   2911:     }
                   2912: 
                   2913:   return x;
                   2914: }
                   2915: 
                   2916: /* Scan INSN and eliminate all eliminable registers in it.
                   2917: 
                   2918:    If REPLACE is nonzero, do the replacement destructively.  Also
                   2919:    delete the insn as dead it if it is setting an eliminable register.
                   2920: 
                   2921:    If REPLACE is zero, do all our allocations in reload_obstack.
                   2922: 
                   2923:    If no eliminations were done and this insn doesn't require any elimination
                   2924:    processing (these are not identical conditions: it might be updating sp,
                   2925:    but not referencing fp; this needs to be seen during reload_as_needed so
                   2926:    that the offset between fp and sp can be taken into consideration), zero
                   2927:    is returned.  Otherwise, 1 is returned.  */
                   2928: 
                   2929: static int
                   2930: eliminate_regs_in_insn (insn, replace)
                   2931:      rtx insn;
                   2932:      int replace;
                   2933: {
                   2934:   rtx old_body = PATTERN (insn);
                   2935:   rtx new_body;
                   2936:   int val = 0;
                   2937:   struct elim_table *ep;
                   2938: 
                   2939:   if (! replace)
                   2940:     push_obstacks (&reload_obstack, &reload_obstack);
                   2941: 
                   2942:   if (GET_CODE (old_body) == SET && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (old_body)) == REG
                   2943:       && REGNO (SET_DEST (old_body)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   2944:     {
                   2945:       /* Check for setting an eliminable register.  */
                   2946:       for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
                   2947:        if (ep->from_rtx == SET_DEST (old_body) && ep->can_eliminate)
                   2948:          {
                   2949:            /* In this case this insn isn't serving a useful purpose.  We
                   2950:               will delete it in reload_as_needed once we know that this
                   2951:               elimination is, in fact, being done.
                   2952: 
                   2953:               If REPLACE isn't set, we can't delete this insn, but neededn't
                   2954:               process it since it won't be used unless something changes.  */
                   2955:            if (replace)
                   2956:              delete_dead_insn (insn);
                   2957:            val = 1;
                   2958:            goto done;
                   2959:          }
                   2960: 
                   2961:       /* Check for (set (reg) (plus (reg from) (offset))) where the offset
                   2962:         in the insn is the negative of the offset in FROM.  Substitute
                   2963:         (set (reg) (reg to)) for the insn and change its code.
                   2964: 
                   2965:         We have to do this here, rather than in eliminate_regs, do that we can
                   2966:         change the insn code.  */
                   2967: 
                   2968:       if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (old_body)) == PLUS
                   2969:          && GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (old_body), 0)) == REG
                   2970:          && GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (old_body), 1)) == CONST_INT)
                   2971:        for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS];
                   2972:             ep++)
                   2973:          if (ep->from_rtx == XEXP (SET_SRC (old_body), 0)
                   2974:              && ep->can_eliminate
                   2975:              && ep->offset == - INTVAL (XEXP (SET_SRC (old_body), 1)))
                   2976:            {
                   2977:              PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode,
                   2978:                                        SET_DEST (old_body), ep->to_rtx);
                   2979:              INSN_CODE (insn) = -1;
                   2980:              val = 1;
                   2981:              goto done;
                   2982:            }
                   2983:     }
                   2984: 
                   2985:   old_asm_operands_vec = 0;
                   2986: 
                   2987:   /* Replace the body of this insn with a substituted form.  If we changed
                   2988:      something, return non-zero.  If this is the final call for this
                   2989:      insn (REPLACE is non-zero), do the elimination in REG_NOTES as well.
                   2990: 
                   2991:      If we are replacing a body that was a (set X (plus Y Z)), try to
                   2992:      re-recognize the insn.  We do this in case we had a simple addition
                   2993:      but now can do this as a load-address.  This saves an insn in this
                   2994:      common case. */
                   2995: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     2996:   new_body = eliminate_regs (old_body, 0, replace ? insn : NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     2997:   if (new_body != old_body)
                   2998:     {
1.1.1.4 ! root     2999:       /* If we aren't replacing things permanently and we changed something,
        !          3000:         make another copy to ensure that all the RTL is new.  Otherwise
        !          3001:         things can go wrong if find_reload swaps commutative operands
        !          3002:         and one is inside RTL that has been copied while the other is not. */
        !          3003: 
        !          3004:       /* Don't copy an asm_operands because (1) there's no need and (2)
        !          3005:         copy_rtx can't do it properly when there are multiple outputs.  */
        !          3006:       if (! replace && asm_noperands (old_body) < 0)
        !          3007:        new_body = copy_rtx (new_body);
        !          3008: 
        !          3009:       /* If we had a move insn but now we don't, rerecognize it.  */
        !          3010:       if ((GET_CODE (old_body) == SET && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (old_body)) == REG
        !          3011:           && (GET_CODE (new_body) != SET
        !          3012:               || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (new_body)) != REG))
        !          3013:          /* If this was an add insn before, rerecognize.  */
        !          3014:          ||
        !          3015:          (GET_CODE (old_body) == SET
        !          3016:           && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (old_body)) == PLUS))
        !          3017:        {
        !          3018:          if (! validate_change (insn, &PATTERN (insn), new_body, 0))
        !          3019:            /* If recognition fails, store the new body anyway.
        !          3020:               It's normal to have recognition failures here
        !          3021:               due to bizarre memory addresses; reloading will fix them.  */
        !          3022:            PATTERN (insn) = new_body;
        !          3023:        }
        !          3024:       else
1.1       root     3025:        PATTERN (insn) = new_body;
                   3026: 
                   3027:       if (replace && REG_NOTES (insn))
1.1.1.4 ! root     3028:        REG_NOTES (insn) = eliminate_regs (REG_NOTES (insn), 0, NULL_RTX);
1.1       root     3029:       val = 1;
                   3030:     }
                   3031: 
                   3032:   /* Loop through all elimination pairs.  See if any have changed and
                   3033:      recalculate the number not at initial offset.
                   3034: 
                   3035:      Compute the maximum offset (minimum offset if the stack does not
                   3036:      grow downward) for each elimination pair.
                   3037: 
                   3038:      We also detect a cases where register elimination cannot be done,
                   3039:      namely, if a register would be both changed and referenced outside a MEM
                   3040:      in the resulting insn since such an insn is often undefined and, even if
                   3041:      not, we cannot know what meaning will be given to it.  Note that it is
                   3042:      valid to have a register used in an address in an insn that changes it
                   3043:      (presumably with a pre- or post-increment or decrement).
                   3044: 
                   3045:      If anything changes, return nonzero.  */
                   3046: 
                   3047:   num_not_at_initial_offset = 0;
                   3048:   for (ep = reg_eliminate; ep < &reg_eliminate[NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS]; ep++)
                   3049:     {
                   3050:       if (ep->previous_offset != ep->offset && ep->ref_outside_mem)
                   3051:        ep->can_eliminate = 0;
                   3052: 
                   3053:       ep->ref_outside_mem = 0;
                   3054: 
                   3055:       if (ep->previous_offset != ep->offset)
                   3056:        val = 1;
                   3057: 
                   3058:       ep->previous_offset = ep->offset;
                   3059:       if (ep->can_eliminate && ep->offset != ep->initial_offset)
                   3060:        num_not_at_initial_offset++;
                   3061: 
                   3062: #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
                   3063:       ep->max_offset = MAX (ep->max_offset, ep->offset);
                   3064: #else
                   3065:       ep->max_offset = MIN (ep->max_offset, ep->offset);
                   3066: #endif
                   3067:     }
                   3068: 
                   3069:  done:
                   3070:   if (! replace)
                   3071:     pop_obstacks ();
                   3072: 
                   3073:   return val;
                   3074: }
                   3075: 
                   3076: /* Given X, a SET or CLOBBER of DEST, if DEST is the target of a register
                   3077:    replacement we currently believe is valid, mark it as not eliminable if X
                   3078:    modifies DEST in any way other than by adding a constant integer to it.
                   3079: 
                   3080:    If DEST is the frame pointer, we do nothing because we assume that
                   3081:    all assignments to the frame pointer are nonlocal gotos and are being done
                   3082:    at a time when they are valid and do not disturb anything else.
                   3083:    Some machines want to eliminate a fake argument pointer with either the
                   3084:    frame or stack pointer.  Assignments to the frame pointer must not prevent
                   3085:    this elimination.
                   3086: 
                   3087:    Called via note_stores from reload before starting its passes to scan
                   3088:    the insns of the function.  */
                   3089: 
                   3090: static void
                   3091: mark_not_eliminable (dest, x)
                   3092:      rtx dest;
                   3093:      rtx x;
                   3094: {
                   3095:   register int i;
                   3096: 
                   3097:   /* A SUBREG of a hard register here is just changing its mode.  We should
                   3098:      not see a SUBREG of an eliminable hard register, but check just in
                   3099:      case.  */
                   3100:   if (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG)
                   3101:     dest = SUBREG_REG (dest);
                   3102: 
                   3103:   if (dest == frame_pointer_rtx)
                   3104:     return;
                   3105: 
                   3106:   for (i = 0; i < NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS; i++)
                   3107:     if (reg_eliminate[i].can_eliminate && dest == reg_eliminate[i].to_rtx
                   3108:        && (GET_CODE (x) != SET
                   3109:            || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (x)) != PLUS
                   3110:            || XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 0) != dest
                   3111:            || GET_CODE (XEXP (SET_SRC (x), 1)) != CONST_INT))
                   3112:       {
                   3113:        reg_eliminate[i].can_eliminate_previous
                   3114:          = reg_eliminate[i].can_eliminate = 0;
                   3115:        num_eliminable--;
                   3116:       }
                   3117: }
                   3118: 
                   3119: /* Kick all pseudos out of hard register REGNO.
                   3120:    If GLOBAL is nonzero, try to find someplace else to put them.
                   3121:    If DUMPFILE is nonzero, log actions taken on that file.
                   3122: 
                   3123:    If CANT_ELIMINATE is nonzero, it means that we are doing this spill
                   3124:    because we found we can't eliminate some register.  In the case, no pseudos
                   3125:    are allowed to be in the register, even if they are only in a block that
                   3126:    doesn't require spill registers, unlike the case when we are spilling this
                   3127:    hard reg to produce another spill register.
                   3128: 
                   3129:    Return nonzero if any pseudos needed to be kicked out.  */
                   3130: 
                   3131: static int
                   3132: spill_hard_reg (regno, global, dumpfile, cant_eliminate)
                   3133:      register int regno;
                   3134:      int global;
                   3135:      FILE *dumpfile;
                   3136:      int cant_eliminate;
                   3137: {
                   3138:   int something_changed = 0;
                   3139:   register int i;
                   3140: 
                   3141:   SET_HARD_REG_BIT (forbidden_regs, regno);
                   3142: 
                   3143:   /* Spill every pseudo reg that was allocated to this reg
                   3144:      or to something that overlaps this reg.  */
                   3145: 
                   3146:   for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_regno; i++)
                   3147:     if (reg_renumber[i] >= 0
                   3148:        && reg_renumber[i] <= regno
                   3149:        && (reg_renumber[i]
                   3150:            + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg_renumber[i],
                   3151:                                PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (i))
                   3152:            > regno))
                   3153:       {
                   3154:        enum reg_class class = REGNO_REG_CLASS (regno);
                   3155: 
                   3156:        /* If this register belongs solely to a basic block which needed no
                   3157:           spilling of any class that this register is contained in,
                   3158:           leave it be, unless we are spilling this register because
                   3159:           it was a hard register that can't be eliminated.   */
                   3160: 
                   3161:        if (! cant_eliminate
                   3162:            && basic_block_needs[0]
                   3163:            && reg_basic_block[i] >= 0
                   3164:            && basic_block_needs[(int) class][reg_basic_block[i]] == 0)
                   3165:          {
                   3166:            enum reg_class *p;
                   3167: 
                   3168:            for (p = reg_class_superclasses[(int) class];
                   3169:                 *p != LIM_REG_CLASSES; p++)
                   3170:              if (basic_block_needs[(int) *p][reg_basic_block[i]] > 0)
                   3171:                break;
                   3172: 
                   3173:            if (*p == LIM_REG_CLASSES)
                   3174:              continue;
                   3175:          }
                   3176: 
                   3177:        /* Mark it as no longer having a hard register home.  */
                   3178:        reg_renumber[i] = -1;
                   3179:        /* We will need to scan everything again.  */
                   3180:        something_changed = 1;
                   3181:        if (global)
                   3182:            retry_global_alloc (i, forbidden_regs);
                   3183: 
                   3184:        alter_reg (i, regno);
                   3185:        if (dumpfile)
                   3186:          {
                   3187:            if (reg_renumber[i] == -1)
                   3188:              fprintf (dumpfile, " Register %d now on stack.\n\n", i);
                   3189:            else
                   3190:              fprintf (dumpfile, " Register %d now in %d.\n\n",
                   3191:                       i, reg_renumber[i]);
                   3192:          }
                   3193:       }
                   3194: 
                   3195:   return something_changed;
                   3196: }
                   3197: 
                   3198: /* Find all paradoxical subregs within X and update reg_max_ref_width.  */
                   3199: 
                   3200: static void
                   3201: scan_paradoxical_subregs (x)
                   3202:      register rtx x;
                   3203: {
                   3204:   register int i;
                   3205:   register char *fmt;
                   3206:   register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
                   3207: 
                   3208:   switch (code)
                   3209:     {
                   3210:     case CONST_INT:
                   3211:     case CONST:
                   3212:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   3213:     case LABEL_REF:
                   3214:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   3215:     case CC0:
                   3216:     case PC:
                   3217:     case REG:
                   3218:     case USE:
                   3219:     case CLOBBER:
                   3220:       return;
                   3221: 
                   3222:     case SUBREG:
                   3223:       if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG
                   3224:          && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))
                   3225:        reg_max_ref_width[REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x))]
                   3226:          = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
                   3227:       return;
                   3228:     }
                   3229: 
                   3230:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   3231:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   3232:     {
                   3233:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   3234:        scan_paradoxical_subregs (XEXP (x, i));
                   3235:       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   3236:        {
                   3237:          register int j;
                   3238:          for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >=0; j--)
                   3239:            scan_paradoxical_subregs (XVECEXP (x, i, j));
                   3240:        }
                   3241:     }
                   3242: }
                   3243: 
                   3244: struct hard_reg_n_uses { int regno; int uses; };
                   3245: 
                   3246: static int
                   3247: hard_reg_use_compare (p1, p2)
                   3248:      struct hard_reg_n_uses *p1, *p2;
                   3249: {
                   3250:   int tem = p1->uses - p2->uses;
                   3251:   if (tem != 0) return tem;
                   3252:   /* If regs are equally good, sort by regno,
                   3253:      so that the results of qsort leave nothing to chance.  */
                   3254:   return p1->regno - p2->regno;
                   3255: }
                   3256: 
                   3257: /* Choose the order to consider regs for use as reload registers
                   3258:    based on how much trouble would be caused by spilling one.
                   3259:    Store them in order of decreasing preference in potential_reload_regs.  */
                   3260: 
                   3261: static void
                   3262: order_regs_for_reload ()
                   3263: {
                   3264:   register int i;
                   3265:   register int o = 0;
                   3266:   int large = 0;
                   3267: 
                   3268:   struct hard_reg_n_uses hard_reg_n_uses[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
                   3269: 
                   3270:   CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (bad_spill_regs);
                   3271: 
                   3272:   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                   3273:     potential_reload_regs[i] = -1;
                   3274: 
                   3275:   /* Count number of uses of each hard reg by pseudo regs allocated to it
                   3276:      and then order them by decreasing use.  */
                   3277: 
                   3278:   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                   3279:     {
                   3280:       hard_reg_n_uses[i].uses = 0;
                   3281:       hard_reg_n_uses[i].regno = i;
                   3282:     }
                   3283: 
                   3284:   for (i = FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i < max_regno; i++)
                   3285:     {
                   3286:       int regno = reg_renumber[i];
                   3287:       if (regno >= 0)
                   3288:        {
                   3289:          int lim = regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (i));
                   3290:          while (regno < lim)
                   3291:            hard_reg_n_uses[regno++].uses += reg_n_refs[i];
                   3292:        }
                   3293:       large += reg_n_refs[i];
                   3294:     }
                   3295: 
                   3296:   /* Now fixed registers (which cannot safely be used for reloading)
                   3297:      get a very high use count so they will be considered least desirable.
                   3298:      Registers used explicitly in the rtl code are almost as bad.  */
                   3299: 
                   3300:   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                   3301:     {
                   3302:       if (fixed_regs[i])
                   3303:        {
                   3304:          hard_reg_n_uses[i].uses += 2 * large + 2;
                   3305:          SET_HARD_REG_BIT (bad_spill_regs, i);
                   3306:        }
                   3307:       else if (regs_explicitly_used[i])
                   3308:        {
                   3309:          hard_reg_n_uses[i].uses += large + 1;
                   3310:          /* ??? We are doing this here because of the potential that
                   3311:             bad code may be generated if a register explicitly used in
                   3312:             an insn was used as a spill register for that insn.  But
                   3313:             not using these are spill registers may lose on some machine.
                   3314:             We'll have to see how this works out.  */
                   3315:          SET_HARD_REG_BIT (bad_spill_regs, i);
                   3316:        }
                   3317:     }
                   3318:   hard_reg_n_uses[FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM].uses += 2 * large + 2;
                   3319:   SET_HARD_REG_BIT (bad_spill_regs, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
                   3320: 
                   3321: #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
                   3322:   /* If registers other than the frame pointer are eliminable, mark them as
                   3323:      poor choices.  */
                   3324:   for (i = 0; i < NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS; i++)
                   3325:     {
                   3326:       hard_reg_n_uses[reg_eliminate[i].from].uses += 2 * large + 2;
                   3327:       SET_HARD_REG_BIT (bad_spill_regs, reg_eliminate[i].from);
                   3328:     }
                   3329: #endif
                   3330: 
                   3331:   /* Prefer registers not so far used, for use in temporary loading.
                   3332:      Among them, if REG_ALLOC_ORDER is defined, use that order.
                   3333:      Otherwise, prefer registers not preserved by calls.  */
                   3334: 
                   3335: #ifdef REG_ALLOC_ORDER
                   3336:   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                   3337:     {
                   3338:       int regno = reg_alloc_order[i];
                   3339: 
                   3340:       if (hard_reg_n_uses[regno].uses == 0)
                   3341:        potential_reload_regs[o++] = regno;
                   3342:     }
                   3343: #else
                   3344:   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                   3345:     {
                   3346:       if (hard_reg_n_uses[i].uses == 0 && call_used_regs[i])
                   3347:        potential_reload_regs[o++] = i;
                   3348:     }
                   3349:   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                   3350:     {
                   3351:       if (hard_reg_n_uses[i].uses == 0 && ! call_used_regs[i])
                   3352:        potential_reload_regs[o++] = i;
                   3353:     }
                   3354: #endif
                   3355: 
                   3356:   qsort (hard_reg_n_uses, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER,
                   3357:         sizeof hard_reg_n_uses[0], hard_reg_use_compare);
                   3358: 
                   3359:   /* Now add the regs that are already used,
                   3360:      preferring those used less often.  The fixed and otherwise forbidden
                   3361:      registers will be at the end of this list.  */
                   3362: 
                   3363:   for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                   3364:     if (hard_reg_n_uses[i].uses != 0)
                   3365:       potential_reload_regs[o++] = hard_reg_n_uses[i].regno;
                   3366: }
                   3367: 
                   3368: /* Reload pseudo-registers into hard regs around each insn as needed.
                   3369:    Additional register load insns are output before the insn that needs it
                   3370:    and perhaps store insns after insns that modify the reloaded pseudo reg.
                   3371: 
                   3372:    reg_last_reload_reg and reg_reloaded_contents keep track of
                   3373:    which pseudo-registers are already available in reload registers.
                   3374:    We update these for the reloads that we perform,
                   3375:    as the insns are scanned.  */
                   3376: 
                   3377: static void
                   3378: reload_as_needed (first, live_known)
                   3379:      rtx first;
                   3380:      int live_known;
                   3381: {
                   3382:   register rtx insn;
                   3383:   register int i;
                   3384:   int this_block = 0;
                   3385:   rtx x;
                   3386:   rtx after_call = 0;
                   3387: 
                   3388:   bzero (spill_reg_rtx, sizeof spill_reg_rtx);
                   3389:   reg_last_reload_reg = (rtx *) alloca (max_regno * sizeof (rtx));
                   3390:   bzero (reg_last_reload_reg, max_regno * sizeof (rtx));
                   3391:   reg_has_output_reload = (char *) alloca (max_regno);
                   3392:   for (i = 0; i < n_spills; i++)
                   3393:     {
                   3394:       reg_reloaded_contents[i] = -1;
                   3395:       reg_reloaded_insn[i] = 0;
                   3396:     }
                   3397: 
                   3398:   /* Reset all offsets on eliminable registers to their initial values.  */
                   3399: #ifdef ELIMINABLE_REGS
                   3400:   for (i = 0; i < NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS; i++)
                   3401:     {
                   3402:       INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (reg_eliminate[i].from, reg_eliminate[i].to,
1.1.1.4 ! root     3403:                                  reg_eliminate[i].initial_offset);
1.1       root     3404:       reg_eliminate[i].previous_offset
                   3405:        = reg_eliminate[i].offset = reg_eliminate[i].initial_offset;
                   3406:     }
                   3407: #else
                   3408:   INITIAL_FRAME_POINTER_OFFSET (reg_eliminate[0].initial_offset);
                   3409:   reg_eliminate[0].previous_offset
                   3410:     = reg_eliminate[0].offset = reg_eliminate[0].initial_offset;
                   3411: #endif
                   3412: 
                   3413:   num_not_at_initial_offset = 0;
                   3414: 
                   3415:   for (insn = first; insn;)
                   3416:     {
                   3417:       register rtx next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
                   3418: 
                   3419:       /* Notice when we move to a new basic block.  */
1.1.1.2   root     3420:       if (live_known && this_block + 1 < n_basic_blocks
1.1       root     3421:          && insn == basic_block_head[this_block+1])
                   3422:        ++this_block;
                   3423: 
                   3424:       /* If we pass a label, copy the offsets from the label information
                   3425:         into the current offsets of each elimination.  */
                   3426:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
                   3427:        {
                   3428:          num_not_at_initial_offset = 0;
                   3429:          for (i = 0; i < NUM_ELIMINABLE_REGS; i++)
                   3430:            {
                   3431:              reg_eliminate[i].offset = reg_eliminate[i].previous_offset
                   3432:                = offsets_at[CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn)][i];
1.1.1.2   root     3433:              if (reg_eliminate[i].can_eliminate
                   3434:                  && (reg_eliminate[i].offset
                   3435:                      != reg_eliminate[i].initial_offset))
1.1       root     3436:                num_not_at_initial_offset++;
                   3437:            }
                   3438:        }
                   3439: 
                   3440:       else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (insn)) == 'i')
                   3441:        {
                   3442:          rtx avoid_return_reg = 0;
                   3443: 
                   3444: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                   3445:          /* Set avoid_return_reg if this is an insn
                   3446:             that might use the value of a function call.  */
                   3447:          if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
                   3448:            {
                   3449:              if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
                   3450:                after_call = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn));
                   3451:              else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
                   3452:                       && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0)) == SET)
                   3453:                after_call = SET_DEST (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, 0));
                   3454:              else
                   3455:                after_call = 0;
                   3456:            }
                   3457:          else if (after_call != 0
                   3458:                   && !(GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET
                   3459:                        && SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn)) == stack_pointer_rtx))
                   3460:            {
                   3461:              if (reg_mentioned_p (after_call, PATTERN (insn)))
                   3462:                avoid_return_reg = after_call;
                   3463:              after_call = 0;
                   3464:            }
                   3465: #endif /* SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES */
                   3466: 
1.1.1.2   root     3467:          /* If this is a USE and CLOBBER of a MEM, ensure that any
                   3468:             references to eliminable registers have been removed.  */
                   3469: 
                   3470:          if ((GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == USE
                   3471:               || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER)
                   3472:              && GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == MEM)
                   3473:            XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0), 0)
                   3474:              = eliminate_regs (XEXP (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0), 0),
1.1.1.4 ! root     3475:                                GET_MODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)), NULL_RTX);
1.1.1.2   root     3476: 
1.1       root     3477:          /* If we need to do register elimination processing, do so.
                   3478:             This might delete the insn, in which case we are done.  */
                   3479:          if (num_eliminable && GET_MODE (insn) == QImode)
                   3480:            {
                   3481:              eliminate_regs_in_insn (insn, 1);
                   3482:              if (GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE)
                   3483:                {
                   3484:                  insn = next;
                   3485:                  continue;
                   3486:                }
                   3487:            }
                   3488: 
                   3489:          if (GET_MODE (insn) == VOIDmode)
                   3490:            n_reloads = 0;
                   3491:          /* First find the pseudo regs that must be reloaded for this insn.
                   3492:             This info is returned in the tables reload_... (see reload.h).
                   3493:             Also modify the body of INSN by substituting RELOAD
                   3494:             rtx's for those pseudo regs.  */
                   3495:          else
                   3496:            {
                   3497:              bzero (reg_has_output_reload, max_regno);
                   3498:              CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reg_is_output_reload);
                   3499: 
                   3500:              find_reloads (insn, 1, spill_indirect_levels, live_known,
                   3501:                            spill_reg_order);
                   3502:            }
                   3503: 
                   3504:          if (n_reloads > 0)
                   3505:            {
1.1.1.3   root     3506:              rtx prev = PREV_INSN (insn), next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
                   3507:              rtx p;
1.1       root     3508:              int class;
                   3509: 
                   3510:              /* If this block has not had spilling done for a
                   3511:                 particular class, deactivate any optional reloads
                   3512:                 of that class lest they try to use a spill-reg which isn't
                   3513:                 available here.  If we have any non-optionals that need a
                   3514:                 spill reg, abort.  */
                   3515: 
                   3516:              for (class = 0; class < N_REG_CLASSES; class++)
                   3517:                if (basic_block_needs[class] != 0
                   3518:                    && basic_block_needs[class][this_block] == 0)
                   3519:                  for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   3520:                    if (class == (int) reload_reg_class[i])
                   3521:                      {
                   3522:                        if (reload_optional[i])
1.1.1.3   root     3523:                          {
                   3524:                            reload_in[i] = reload_out[i] = 0;
                   3525:                            reload_secondary_p[i] = 0;
                   3526:                          }
                   3527:                        else if (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0
                   3528:                                 && (reload_in[i] != 0 || reload_out[i] != 0
                   3529:                                     || reload_secondary_p[i] != 0))
1.1       root     3530:                          abort ();
                   3531:                      }
                   3532: 
                   3533:              /* Now compute which reload regs to reload them into.  Perhaps
                   3534:                 reusing reload regs from previous insns, or else output
                   3535:                 load insns to reload them.  Maybe output store insns too.
                   3536:                 Record the choices of reload reg in reload_reg_rtx.  */
                   3537:              choose_reload_regs (insn, avoid_return_reg);
                   3538: 
                   3539:              /* Generate the insns to reload operands into or out of
                   3540:                 their reload regs.  */
                   3541:              emit_reload_insns (insn);
                   3542: 
                   3543:              /* Substitute the chosen reload regs from reload_reg_rtx
                   3544:                 into the insn's body (or perhaps into the bodies of other
                   3545:                 load and store insn that we just made for reloading
                   3546:                 and that we moved the structure into).  */
                   3547:              subst_reloads ();
1.1.1.3   root     3548: 
                   3549:              /* If this was an ASM, make sure that all the reload insns
                   3550:                 we have generated are valid.  If not, give an error
                   3551:                 and delete them.  */
                   3552: 
                   3553:              if (asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) >= 0)
                   3554:                for (p = NEXT_INSN (prev); p != next; p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   3555:                  if (p != insn && GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
                   3556:                      && (recog_memoized (p) < 0
                   3557:                          || (insn_extract (p),
                   3558:                              ! constrain_operands (INSN_CODE (p), 1))))
                   3559:                    {
                   3560:                      error_for_asm (insn,
                   3561:                                     "`asm' operand requires impossible reload");
                   3562:                      PUT_CODE (p, NOTE);
                   3563:                      NOTE_SOURCE_FILE (p) = 0;
                   3564:                      NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (p) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED;
                   3565:                    }
1.1       root     3566:            }
                   3567:          /* Any previously reloaded spilled pseudo reg, stored in this insn,
                   3568:             is no longer validly lying around to save a future reload.
                   3569:             Note that this does not detect pseudos that were reloaded
                   3570:             for this insn in order to be stored in
                   3571:             (obeying register constraints).  That is correct; such reload
                   3572:             registers ARE still valid.  */
                   3573:          note_stores (PATTERN (insn), forget_old_reloads_1);
                   3574: 
                   3575:          /* There may have been CLOBBER insns placed after INSN.  So scan
                   3576:             between INSN and NEXT and use them to forget old reloads.  */
                   3577:          for (x = NEXT_INSN (insn); x != next; x = NEXT_INSN (x))
                   3578:            if (GET_CODE (x) == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (x)) == CLOBBER)
                   3579:              note_stores (PATTERN (x), forget_old_reloads_1);
                   3580: 
                   3581: #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
                   3582:          /* Likewise for regs altered by auto-increment in this insn.
                   3583:             But note that the reg-notes are not changed by reloading:
                   3584:             they still contain the pseudo-regs, not the spill regs.  */
                   3585:          for (x = REG_NOTES (insn); x; x = XEXP (x, 1))
                   3586:            if (REG_NOTE_KIND (x) == REG_INC)
                   3587:              {
                   3588:                /* See if this pseudo reg was reloaded in this insn.
                   3589:                   If so, its last-reload info is still valid
                   3590:                   because it is based on this insn's reload.  */
                   3591:                for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   3592:                  if (reload_out[i] == XEXP (x, 0))
                   3593:                    break;
                   3594: 
                   3595:                if (i != n_reloads)
                   3596:                  forget_old_reloads_1 (XEXP (x, 0));
                   3597:              }
                   3598: #endif
                   3599:        }
                   3600:       /* A reload reg's contents are unknown after a label.  */
                   3601:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL)
                   3602:        for (i = 0; i < n_spills; i++)
                   3603:          {
                   3604:            reg_reloaded_contents[i] = -1;
                   3605:            reg_reloaded_insn[i] = 0;
                   3606:          }
                   3607: 
                   3608:       /* Don't assume a reload reg is still good after a call insn
                   3609:         if it is a call-used reg.  */
                   3610:       if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
                   3611:        for (i = 0; i < n_spills; i++)
                   3612:          if (call_used_regs[spill_regs[i]])
                   3613:            {
                   3614:              reg_reloaded_contents[i] = -1;
                   3615:              reg_reloaded_insn[i] = 0;
                   3616:            }
                   3617: 
                   3618:       /* In case registers overlap, allow certain insns to invalidate
                   3619:         particular hard registers.  */
                   3620: 
                   3621: #ifdef INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P
                   3622:       for (i = 0 ; i < n_spills ; i++)
                   3623:        if (INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P (insn, spill_regs[i]))
                   3624:          {
                   3625:            reg_reloaded_contents[i] = -1;
                   3626:            reg_reloaded_insn[i] = 0;
                   3627:          }
                   3628: #endif
                   3629: 
                   3630:       insn = next;
                   3631: 
                   3632: #ifdef USE_C_ALLOCA
                   3633:       alloca (0);
                   3634: #endif
                   3635:     }
                   3636: }
                   3637: 
                   3638: /* Discard all record of any value reloaded from X,
                   3639:    or reloaded in X from someplace else;
                   3640:    unless X is an output reload reg of the current insn.
                   3641: 
                   3642:    X may be a hard reg (the reload reg)
                   3643:    or it may be a pseudo reg that was reloaded from.  */
                   3644: 
                   3645: static void
                   3646: forget_old_reloads_1 (x)
                   3647:      rtx x;
                   3648: {
                   3649:   register int regno;
                   3650:   int nr;
1.1.1.4 ! root     3651:   int offset = 0;
        !          3652: 
        !          3653:   /* note_stores does give us subregs of hard regs.  */
        !          3654:   while (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
        !          3655:     {
        !          3656:       offset += SUBREG_WORD (x);
        !          3657:       x = SUBREG_REG (x);
        !          3658:     }
1.1       root     3659: 
                   3660:   if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
                   3661:     return;
                   3662: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     3663:   regno = REGNO (x) + offset;
1.1       root     3664: 
                   3665:   if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   3666:     nr = 1;
                   3667:   else
                   3668:     {
                   3669:       int i;
                   3670:       nr = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x));
                   3671:       /* Storing into a spilled-reg invalidates its contents.
                   3672:         This can happen if a block-local pseudo is allocated to that reg
                   3673:         and it wasn't spilled because this block's total need is 0.
                   3674:         Then some insn might have an optional reload and use this reg.  */
                   3675:       for (i = 0; i < nr; i++)
                   3676:        if (spill_reg_order[regno + i] >= 0
                   3677:            /* But don't do this if the reg actually serves as an output
                   3678:               reload reg in the current instruction.  */
                   3679:            && (n_reloads == 0
                   3680:                || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload, regno + i)))
                   3681:          {
                   3682:            reg_reloaded_contents[spill_reg_order[regno + i]] = -1;
                   3683:            reg_reloaded_insn[spill_reg_order[regno + i]] = 0;
                   3684:          }
                   3685:     }
                   3686: 
                   3687:   /* Since value of X has changed,
                   3688:      forget any value previously copied from it.  */
                   3689: 
                   3690:   while (nr-- > 0)
                   3691:     /* But don't forget a copy if this is the output reload
                   3692:        that establishes the copy's validity.  */
                   3693:     if (n_reloads == 0 || reg_has_output_reload[regno + nr] == 0)
                   3694:       reg_last_reload_reg[regno + nr] = 0;
                   3695: }
                   3696: 
                   3697: /* For each reload, the mode of the reload register.  */
                   3698: static enum machine_mode reload_mode[MAX_RELOADS];
                   3699: 
                   3700: /* For each reload, the largest number of registers it will require.  */
                   3701: static int reload_nregs[MAX_RELOADS];
                   3702: 
                   3703: /* Comparison function for qsort to decide which of two reloads
                   3704:    should be handled first.  *P1 and *P2 are the reload numbers.  */
                   3705: 
                   3706: static int
                   3707: reload_reg_class_lower (p1, p2)
                   3708:      short *p1, *p2;
                   3709: {
                   3710:   register int r1 = *p1, r2 = *p2;
                   3711:   register int t;
                   3712: 
                   3713:   /* Consider required reloads before optional ones.  */
                   3714:   t = reload_optional[r1] - reload_optional[r2];
                   3715:   if (t != 0)
                   3716:     return t;
                   3717: 
                   3718:   /* Count all solitary classes before non-solitary ones.  */
                   3719:   t = ((reg_class_size[(int) reload_reg_class[r2]] == 1)
                   3720:        - (reg_class_size[(int) reload_reg_class[r1]] == 1));
                   3721:   if (t != 0)
                   3722:     return t;
                   3723: 
                   3724:   /* Aside from solitaires, consider all multi-reg groups first.  */
                   3725:   t = reload_nregs[r2] - reload_nregs[r1];
                   3726:   if (t != 0)
                   3727:     return t;
                   3728: 
                   3729:   /* Consider reloads in order of increasing reg-class number.  */
                   3730:   t = (int) reload_reg_class[r1] - (int) reload_reg_class[r2];
                   3731:   if (t != 0)
                   3732:     return t;
                   3733: 
                   3734:   /* If reloads are equally urgent, sort by reload number,
                   3735:      so that the results of qsort leave nothing to chance.  */
                   3736:   return r1 - r2;
                   3737: }
                   3738: 
                   3739: /* The following HARD_REG_SETs indicate when each hard register is
                   3740:    used for a reload of various parts of the current insn.  */
                   3741: 
                   3742: /* If reg is in use as a reload reg for a RELOAD_OTHER reload.  */
                   3743: static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used;
                   3744: /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS reload.  */
                   3745: static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_input_addr;
                   3746: /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS reload.  */
                   3747: static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_output_addr;
                   3748: /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS reload.  */
                   3749: static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_op_addr;
                   3750: /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_INPUT reload.  */
                   3751: static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_input;
                   3752: /* If reg is in use for a RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT reload.  */
                   3753: static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_in_output;
                   3754: 
                   3755: /* If reg is in use as a reload reg for any sort of reload.  */
                   3756: static HARD_REG_SET reload_reg_used_at_all;
                   3757: 
                   3758: /* Mark reg REGNO as in use for a reload of the sort spec'd by WHEN_NEEDED.
                   3759:    MODE is used to indicate how many consecutive regs are actually used.  */
                   3760: 
                   3761: static void
                   3762: mark_reload_reg_in_use (regno, when_needed, mode)
                   3763:      int regno;
                   3764:      enum reload_when_needed when_needed;
                   3765:      enum machine_mode mode;
                   3766: {
                   3767:   int nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode);
                   3768:   int i;
                   3769: 
                   3770:   for (i = regno; i < nregs + regno; i++)
                   3771:     {
                   3772:       switch (when_needed)
                   3773:        {
                   3774:        case RELOAD_OTHER:
                   3775:          SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used, i);
                   3776:          break;
                   3777: 
                   3778:        case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS:
                   3779:          SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr, i);
                   3780:          break;
                   3781: 
                   3782:        case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS:
                   3783:          SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr, i);
                   3784:          break;
                   3785: 
                   3786:        case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
                   3787:          SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, i);
                   3788:          break;
                   3789: 
                   3790:        case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
                   3791:          SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input, i);
                   3792:          break;
                   3793: 
                   3794:        case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT:
                   3795:          SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output, i);
                   3796:          break;
                   3797:        }
                   3798: 
                   3799:       SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_at_all, i);
                   3800:     }
                   3801: }
                   3802: 
                   3803: /* 1 if reg REGNO is free as a reload reg for a reload of the sort
                   3804:    specified by WHEN_NEEDED.  */
                   3805: 
                   3806: static int
                   3807: reload_reg_free_p (regno, when_needed)
                   3808:      int regno;
                   3809:      enum reload_when_needed when_needed;
                   3810: {
                   3811:   /* In use for a RELOAD_OTHER means it's not available for anything.  */
                   3812:   if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used, regno))
                   3813:     return 0;
                   3814:   switch (when_needed)
                   3815:     {
                   3816:     case RELOAD_OTHER:
                   3817:       /* In use for anything means not available for a RELOAD_OTHER.  */
                   3818:       return ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_at_all, regno);
                   3819: 
                   3820:       /* The other kinds of use can sometimes share a register.  */
                   3821:     case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
                   3822:       return (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input, regno)
                   3823:              && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, regno)
                   3824:              && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr, regno));
                   3825:     case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS:
                   3826:       return (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr, regno)
                   3827:              && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input, regno));
                   3828:     case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS:
                   3829:       return (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr, regno)
                   3830:              && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output, regno));
                   3831:     case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
                   3832:       return (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, regno)
                   3833:              && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input, regno)
                   3834:              && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output, regno));
                   3835:     case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT:
                   3836:       return (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, regno)
                   3837:              && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr, regno)
                   3838:              && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output, regno));
                   3839:     }
                   3840:   abort ();
                   3841: }
                   3842: 
                   3843: /* Return 1 if the value in reload reg REGNO, as used by a reload
                   3844:    needed for the part of the insn specified by WHEN_NEEDED,
                   3845:    is not in use for a reload in any prior part of the insn.
                   3846: 
                   3847:    We can assume that the reload reg was already tested for availability
                   3848:    at the time it is needed, and we should not check this again,
                   3849:    in case the reg has already been marked in use.  */
                   3850: 
                   3851: static int
                   3852: reload_reg_free_before_p (regno, when_needed)
                   3853:      int regno;
                   3854:      enum reload_when_needed when_needed;
                   3855: {
                   3856:   switch (when_needed)
                   3857:     {
                   3858:     case RELOAD_OTHER:
                   3859:       /* Since a RELOAD_OTHER reload claims the reg for the entire insn,
                   3860:         its use starts from the beginning, so nothing can use it earlier.  */
                   3861:       return 1;
                   3862: 
                   3863:       /* If this use is for part of the insn,
                   3864:         check the reg is not in use for any prior part.  */
                   3865:     case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS:
                   3866:       if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, regno))
                   3867:        return 0;
                   3868:     case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT:
                   3869:       if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input, regno))
                   3870:        return 0;
                   3871:     case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
                   3872:       if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr, regno))
                   3873:        return 0;
                   3874:     case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS:
                   3875:     case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
                   3876:       return 1;
                   3877:     }
                   3878:   abort ();
                   3879: }
                   3880: 
                   3881: /* Return 1 if the value in reload reg REGNO, as used by a reload
                   3882:    needed for the part of the insn specified by WHEN_NEEDED,
                   3883:    is still available in REGNO at the end of the insn.
                   3884: 
                   3885:    We can assume that the reload reg was already tested for availability
                   3886:    at the time it is needed, and we should not check this again,
                   3887:    in case the reg has already been marked in use.  */
                   3888: 
                   3889: static int
                   3890: reload_reg_reaches_end_p (regno, when_needed)
                   3891:      int regno;
                   3892:      enum reload_when_needed when_needed;
                   3893: {
                   3894:   switch (when_needed)
                   3895:     {
                   3896:     case RELOAD_OTHER:
                   3897:       /* Since a RELOAD_OTHER reload claims the reg for the entire insn,
                   3898:         its value must reach the end.  */
                   3899:       return 1;
                   3900: 
                   3901:       /* If this use is for part of the insn,
                   3902:         its value reaches if no subsequent part uses the same register.  */
                   3903:     case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS:
                   3904:     case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
                   3905:       if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr, regno)
                   3906:          || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output, regno))
                   3907:        return 0;
                   3908:     case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
                   3909:       if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr, regno))
                   3910:        return 0;
                   3911:     case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT:
                   3912:     case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS:
                   3913:       return 1;
                   3914:     }
                   3915:   abort ();
                   3916: }
                   3917: 
                   3918: /* Vector of reload-numbers showing the order in which the reloads should
                   3919:    be processed.  */
                   3920: short reload_order[MAX_RELOADS];
                   3921: 
                   3922: /* Indexed by reload number, 1 if incoming value
                   3923:    inherited from previous insns.  */
                   3924: char reload_inherited[MAX_RELOADS];
                   3925: 
                   3926: /* For an inherited reload, this is the insn the reload was inherited from,
                   3927:    if we know it.  Otherwise, this is 0.  */
                   3928: rtx reload_inheritance_insn[MAX_RELOADS];
                   3929: 
                   3930: /* If non-zero, this is a place to get the value of the reload,
                   3931:    rather than using reload_in.  */
                   3932: rtx reload_override_in[MAX_RELOADS];
                   3933: 
                   3934: /* For each reload, the index in spill_regs of the spill register used,
                   3935:    or -1 if we did not need one of the spill registers for this reload.  */
                   3936: int reload_spill_index[MAX_RELOADS];
                   3937: 
                   3938: /* Index of last register assigned as a spill register.  We allocate in
                   3939:    a round-robin fashio.  */
                   3940: 
                   3941: static last_spill_reg = 0;
                   3942: 
                   3943: /* Find a spill register to use as a reload register for reload R.
                   3944:    LAST_RELOAD is non-zero if this is the last reload for the insn being
                   3945:    processed.
                   3946: 
                   3947:    Set reload_reg_rtx[R] to the register allocated.
                   3948: 
                   3949:    If NOERROR is nonzero, we return 1 if successful,
                   3950:    or 0 if we couldn't find a spill reg and we didn't change anything.  */
                   3951: 
                   3952: static int
                   3953: allocate_reload_reg (r, insn, last_reload, noerror)
                   3954:      int r;
                   3955:      rtx insn;
                   3956:      int last_reload;
                   3957:      int noerror;
                   3958: {
                   3959:   int i;
                   3960:   int pass;
                   3961:   int count;
                   3962:   rtx new;
                   3963:   int regno;
                   3964: 
                   3965:   /* If we put this reload ahead, thinking it is a group,
                   3966:      then insist on finding a group.  Otherwise we can grab a
                   3967:      reg that some other reload needs.
                   3968:      (That can happen when we have a 68000 DATA_OR_FP_REG
                   3969:      which is a group of data regs or one fp reg.)
                   3970:      We need not be so restrictive if there are no more reloads
                   3971:      for this insn.
                   3972: 
                   3973:      ??? Really it would be nicer to have smarter handling
                   3974:      for that kind of reg class, where a problem like this is normal.
                   3975:      Perhaps those classes should be avoided for reloading
                   3976:      by use of more alternatives.  */
                   3977: 
                   3978:   int force_group = reload_nregs[r] > 1 && ! last_reload;
                   3979: 
                   3980:   /* If we want a single register and haven't yet found one,
                   3981:      take any reg in the right class and not in use.
                   3982:      If we want a consecutive group, here is where we look for it.
                   3983: 
                   3984:      We use two passes so we can first look for reload regs to
                   3985:      reuse, which are already in use for other reloads in this insn,
                   3986:      and only then use additional registers.
                   3987:      I think that maximizing reuse is needed to make sure we don't
                   3988:      run out of reload regs.  Suppose we have three reloads, and
                   3989:      reloads A and B can share regs.  These need two regs.
                   3990:      Suppose A and B are given different regs.
                   3991:      That leaves none for C.  */
                   3992:   for (pass = 0; pass < 2; pass++)
                   3993:     {
                   3994:       /* I is the index in spill_regs.
                   3995:         We advance it round-robin between insns to use all spill regs
                   3996:         equally, so that inherited reloads have a chance
                   3997:         of leapfrogging each other.  */
                   3998: 
                   3999:       for (count = 0, i = last_spill_reg; count < n_spills; count++)
                   4000:        {
                   4001:          int class = (int) reload_reg_class[r];
                   4002: 
                   4003:          i = (i + 1) % n_spills;
                   4004: 
                   4005:          if (reload_reg_free_p (spill_regs[i], reload_when_needed[r])
                   4006:              && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], spill_regs[i])
                   4007:              && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (spill_regs[i], reload_mode[r])
                   4008:              /* Look first for regs to share, then for unshared.  */
                   4009:              && (pass || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_at_all,
                   4010:                                             spill_regs[i])))
                   4011:            {
                   4012:              int nr = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (spill_regs[i], reload_mode[r]);
                   4013:              /* Avoid the problem where spilling a GENERAL_OR_FP_REG
                   4014:                 (on 68000) got us two FP regs.  If NR is 1,
                   4015:                 we would reject both of them.  */
                   4016:              if (force_group)
                   4017:                nr = CLASS_MAX_NREGS (reload_reg_class[r], reload_mode[r]);
                   4018:              /* If we need only one reg, we have already won.  */
                   4019:              if (nr == 1)
                   4020:                {
                   4021:                  /* But reject a single reg if we demand a group.  */
                   4022:                  if (force_group)
                   4023:                    continue;
                   4024:                  break;
                   4025:                }
                   4026:              /* Otherwise check that as many consecutive regs as we need
                   4027:                 are available here.
                   4028:                 Also, don't use for a group registers that are
                   4029:                 needed for nongroups.  */
                   4030:              if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups, spill_regs[i]))
                   4031:                while (nr > 1)
                   4032:                  {
                   4033:                    regno = spill_regs[i] + nr - 1;
                   4034:                    if (!(TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[class], regno)
                   4035:                          && spill_reg_order[regno] >= 0
                   4036:                          && reload_reg_free_p (regno, reload_when_needed[r])
                   4037:                          && ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (counted_for_nongroups,
                   4038:                                                  regno)))
                   4039:                      break;
                   4040:                    nr--;
                   4041:                  }
                   4042:              if (nr == 1)
                   4043:                break;
                   4044:            }
                   4045:        }
                   4046: 
                   4047:       /* If we found something on pass 1, omit pass 2.  */
                   4048:       if (count < n_spills)
                   4049:        break;
                   4050:     }
                   4051: 
                   4052:   /* We should have found a spill register by now.  */
                   4053:   if (count == n_spills)
                   4054:     {
                   4055:       if (noerror)
                   4056:        return 0;
1.1.1.4 ! root     4057:       goto failure;
1.1       root     4058:     }
                   4059: 
                   4060:   last_spill_reg = i;
                   4061: 
                   4062:   /* Mark as in use for this insn the reload regs we use for this.  */
                   4063:   mark_reload_reg_in_use (spill_regs[i], reload_when_needed[r],
                   4064:                          reload_mode[r]);
                   4065: 
                   4066:   new = spill_reg_rtx[i];
                   4067: 
                   4068:   if (new == 0 || GET_MODE (new) != reload_mode[r])
                   4069:     spill_reg_rtx[i] = new = gen_rtx (REG, reload_mode[r], spill_regs[i]);
                   4070: 
                   4071:   reload_reg_rtx[r] = new;
                   4072:   reload_spill_index[r] = i;
                   4073:   regno = true_regnum (new);
                   4074: 
                   4075:   /* Detect when the reload reg can't hold the reload mode.
                   4076:      This used to be one `if', but Sequent compiler can't handle that.  */
                   4077:   if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, reload_mode[r]))
                   4078:     {
                   4079:       enum machine_mode test_mode = VOIDmode;
                   4080:       if (reload_in[r])
                   4081:        test_mode = GET_MODE (reload_in[r]);
                   4082:       /* If reload_in[r] has VOIDmode, it means we will load it
                   4083:         in whatever mode the reload reg has: to wit, reload_mode[r].
                   4084:         We have already tested that for validity.  */
                   4085:       /* Aside from that, we need to test that the expressions
                   4086:         to reload from or into have modes which are valid for this
                   4087:         reload register.  Otherwise the reload insns would be invalid.  */
                   4088:       if (! (reload_in[r] != 0 && test_mode != VOIDmode
                   4089:             && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, test_mode)))
                   4090:        if (! (reload_out[r] != 0
                   4091:               && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, GET_MODE (reload_out[r]))))
                   4092:          /* The reg is OK.  */
                   4093:          return 1;
                   4094:     }
                   4095: 
                   4096:   /* The reg is not OK.  */
                   4097:   if (noerror)
                   4098:     return 0;
                   4099: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     4100:  failure:
1.1       root     4101:   if (asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) < 0)
                   4102:     /* It's the compiler's fault.  */
                   4103:     abort ();
                   4104: 
                   4105:   /* It's the user's fault; the operand's mode and constraint
                   4106:      don't match.  Disable this reload so we don't crash in final.  */
                   4107:   error_for_asm (insn,
                   4108:                 "`asm' operand constraint incompatible with operand size");
                   4109:   reload_in[r] = 0;
                   4110:   reload_out[r] = 0;
                   4111:   reload_reg_rtx[r] = 0;
                   4112:   reload_optional[r] = 1;
                   4113:   reload_secondary_p[r] = 1;
                   4114: 
                   4115:   return 1;
                   4116: }
                   4117: 
                   4118: /* Assign hard reg targets for the pseudo-registers we must reload
                   4119:    into hard regs for this insn.
                   4120:    Also output the instructions to copy them in and out of the hard regs.
                   4121: 
                   4122:    For machines with register classes, we are responsible for
                   4123:    finding a reload reg in the proper class.  */
                   4124: 
                   4125: static void
                   4126: choose_reload_regs (insn, avoid_return_reg)
                   4127:      rtx insn;
                   4128:      /* This argument is currently ignored.  */
                   4129:      rtx avoid_return_reg;
                   4130: {
                   4131:   register int i, j;
                   4132:   int max_group_size = 1;
                   4133:   enum reg_class group_class = NO_REGS;
                   4134:   int inheritance;
                   4135: 
                   4136:   rtx save_reload_reg_rtx[MAX_RELOADS];
                   4137:   char save_reload_inherited[MAX_RELOADS];
                   4138:   rtx save_reload_inheritance_insn[MAX_RELOADS];
                   4139:   rtx save_reload_override_in[MAX_RELOADS];
                   4140:   int save_reload_spill_index[MAX_RELOADS];
                   4141:   HARD_REG_SET save_reload_reg_used;
                   4142:   HARD_REG_SET save_reload_reg_used_in_input_addr;
                   4143:   HARD_REG_SET save_reload_reg_used_in_output_addr;
                   4144:   HARD_REG_SET save_reload_reg_used_in_op_addr;
                   4145:   HARD_REG_SET save_reload_reg_used_in_input;
                   4146:   HARD_REG_SET save_reload_reg_used_in_output;
                   4147:   HARD_REG_SET save_reload_reg_used_at_all;
                   4148: 
                   4149:   bzero (reload_inherited, MAX_RELOADS);
                   4150:   bzero (reload_inheritance_insn, MAX_RELOADS * sizeof (rtx));
                   4151:   bzero (reload_override_in, MAX_RELOADS * sizeof (rtx));
                   4152: 
                   4153:   CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used);
                   4154:   CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_at_all);
                   4155:   CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr);
                   4156:   CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr);
                   4157:   CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr);
                   4158:   CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_output);
                   4159:   CLEAR_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_input);
                   4160: 
                   4161:   /* Distinguish output-only and input-only reloads
                   4162:      because they can overlap with other things.  */
                   4163:   for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   4164:     if (reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_OTHER
                   4165:        && ! reload_needed_for_multiple[j])
                   4166:       {
                   4167:        if (reload_in[j] == 0)
                   4168:          {
                   4169:            /* But earlyclobber operands must stay as RELOAD_OTHER.  */
                   4170:            for (i = 0; i < n_earlyclobbers; i++)
                   4171:              if (rtx_equal_p (reload_out[j], reload_earlyclobbers[i]))
                   4172:                break;
                   4173:            if (i == n_earlyclobbers)
                   4174:              reload_when_needed[j] = RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT;
                   4175:          }
                   4176:        if (reload_out[j] == 0)
                   4177:          reload_when_needed[j] = RELOAD_FOR_INPUT;
                   4178: 
                   4179:        if (reload_secondary_reload[j] >= 0
                   4180:            && ! reload_needed_for_multiple[reload_secondary_reload[j]])
                   4181:          reload_when_needed[reload_secondary_reload[j]]
                   4182:            = reload_when_needed[j];
                   4183:       }
                   4184: 
                   4185: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                   4186:   /* Don't bother with avoiding the return reg
                   4187:      if we have no mandatory reload that could use it.  */
                   4188:   if (avoid_return_reg)
                   4189:     {
                   4190:       int do_avoid = 0;
                   4191:       int regno = REGNO (avoid_return_reg);
                   4192:       int nregs
                   4193:        = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (avoid_return_reg));
                   4194:       int r;
                   4195: 
                   4196:       for (r = regno; r < regno + nregs; r++)
                   4197:        if (spill_reg_order[r] >= 0)
                   4198:          for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   4199:            if (!reload_optional[j] && reload_reg_rtx[j] == 0
                   4200:                && (reload_in[j] != 0 || reload_out[j] != 0
                   4201:                    || reload_secondary_p[j])
                   4202:                &&
                   4203:                TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) reload_reg_class[j]], r))
                   4204:              do_avoid = 1;
                   4205:       if (!do_avoid)
                   4206:        avoid_return_reg = 0;
                   4207:     }
                   4208: #endif /* SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES */
                   4209: 
                   4210: #if 0  /* Not needed, now that we can always retry without inheritance.  */
                   4211:   /* See if we have more mandatory reloads than spill regs.
                   4212:      If so, then we cannot risk optimizations that could prevent
                   4213:      reloads from sharing one spill register.
                   4214: 
                   4215:      Since we will try finding a better register than reload_reg_rtx
                   4216:      unless it is equal to reload_in or reload_out, count such reloads.  */
                   4217: 
                   4218:   {
                   4219:     int tem = 0;
                   4220: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                   4221:     int tem = (avoid_return_reg != 0);
                   4222: #endif
                   4223:     for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   4224:       if (! reload_optional[j]
                   4225:          && (reload_in[j] != 0 || reload_out[j] != 0 || reload_secondary_p[j])
                   4226:          && (reload_reg_rtx[j] == 0
                   4227:              || (! rtx_equal_p (reload_reg_rtx[j], reload_in[j])
                   4228:                  && ! rtx_equal_p (reload_reg_rtx[j], reload_out[j]))))
                   4229:        tem++;
                   4230:     if (tem > n_spills)
                   4231:       must_reuse = 1;
                   4232:   }
                   4233: #endif
                   4234: 
                   4235: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                   4236:   /* Don't use the subroutine call return reg for a reload
                   4237:      if we are supposed to avoid it.  */
                   4238:   if (avoid_return_reg)
                   4239:     {
                   4240:       int regno = REGNO (avoid_return_reg);
                   4241:       int nregs
                   4242:        = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (avoid_return_reg));
                   4243:       int r;
                   4244: 
                   4245:       for (r = regno; r < regno + nregs; r++)
                   4246:        if (spill_reg_order[r] >= 0)
                   4247:          SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used, r);
                   4248:     }
                   4249: #endif /* SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES */
                   4250: 
                   4251:   /* In order to be certain of getting the registers we need,
                   4252:      we must sort the reloads into order of increasing register class.
                   4253:      Then our grabbing of reload registers will parallel the process
                   4254:      that provided the reload registers.
                   4255: 
                   4256:      Also note whether any of the reloads wants a consecutive group of regs.
                   4257:      If so, record the maximum size of the group desired and what
                   4258:      register class contains all the groups needed by this insn.  */
                   4259: 
                   4260:   for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   4261:     {
                   4262:       reload_order[j] = j;
                   4263:       reload_spill_index[j] = -1;
                   4264: 
                   4265:       reload_mode[j]
                   4266:        = (reload_strict_low[j] && reload_out[j]
                   4267:           ? GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (reload_out[j]))
                   4268:           : (reload_inmode[j] == VOIDmode
                   4269:              || (GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_outmode[j])
                   4270:                  > GET_MODE_SIZE (reload_inmode[j])))
                   4271:           ? reload_outmode[j] : reload_inmode[j]);
                   4272: 
                   4273:       reload_nregs[j] = CLASS_MAX_NREGS (reload_reg_class[j], reload_mode[j]);
                   4274: 
                   4275:       if (reload_nregs[j] > 1)
                   4276:        {
                   4277:          max_group_size = MAX (reload_nregs[j], max_group_size);
                   4278:          group_class = reg_class_superunion[(int)reload_reg_class[j]][(int)group_class];
                   4279:        }
                   4280: 
                   4281:       /* If we have already decided to use a certain register,
                   4282:         don't use it in another way.  */
                   4283:       if (reload_reg_rtx[j])
                   4284:        mark_reload_reg_in_use (REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[j]),
                   4285:                                reload_when_needed[j], reload_mode[j]);
                   4286:     }
                   4287: 
                   4288:   if (n_reloads > 1)
                   4289:     qsort (reload_order, n_reloads, sizeof (short), reload_reg_class_lower);
                   4290: 
                   4291:   bcopy (reload_reg_rtx, save_reload_reg_rtx, sizeof reload_reg_rtx);
                   4292:   bcopy (reload_inherited, save_reload_inherited, sizeof reload_inherited);
                   4293:   bcopy (reload_inheritance_insn, save_reload_inheritance_insn,
                   4294:         sizeof reload_inheritance_insn);
                   4295:   bcopy (reload_override_in, save_reload_override_in,
                   4296:         sizeof reload_override_in);
                   4297:   bcopy (reload_spill_index, save_reload_spill_index,
                   4298:         sizeof reload_spill_index);
                   4299:   COPY_HARD_REG_SET (save_reload_reg_used, reload_reg_used);
                   4300:   COPY_HARD_REG_SET (save_reload_reg_used_at_all, reload_reg_used_at_all);
                   4301:   COPY_HARD_REG_SET (save_reload_reg_used_in_output,
                   4302:                     reload_reg_used_in_output);
                   4303:   COPY_HARD_REG_SET (save_reload_reg_used_in_input,
                   4304:                     reload_reg_used_in_input);
                   4305:   COPY_HARD_REG_SET (save_reload_reg_used_in_input_addr,
                   4306:                     reload_reg_used_in_input_addr);
                   4307:   COPY_HARD_REG_SET (save_reload_reg_used_in_output_addr,
                   4308:                     reload_reg_used_in_output_addr);
                   4309:   COPY_HARD_REG_SET (save_reload_reg_used_in_op_addr,
                   4310:                     reload_reg_used_in_op_addr);
                   4311: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     4312:   /* If -O, try first with inheritance, then turning it off.
        !          4313:      If not -O, don't do inheritance.
        !          4314:      Using inheritance when not optimizing leads to paradoxes
        !          4315:      with fp on the 68k: fp numbers (not NaNs) fail to be equal to themselves
        !          4316:      because one side of the comparison might be inherited.  */
1.1       root     4317: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     4318:   for (inheritance = optimize > 0; inheritance >= 0; inheritance--)
1.1       root     4319:     {
                   4320:       /* Process the reloads in order of preference just found.
                   4321:         Beyond this point, subregs can be found in reload_reg_rtx.
                   4322: 
                   4323:         This used to look for an existing reloaded home for all
                   4324:         of the reloads, and only then perform any new reloads.
                   4325:         But that could lose if the reloads were done out of reg-class order
                   4326:         because a later reload with a looser constraint might have an old
                   4327:         home in a register needed by an earlier reload with a tighter constraint.
                   4328: 
                   4329:         To solve this, we make two passes over the reloads, in the order
                   4330:         described above.  In the first pass we try to inherit a reload
                   4331:         from a previous insn.  If there is a later reload that needs a
                   4332:         class that is a proper subset of the class being processed, we must
                   4333:         also allocate a spill register during the first pass.
                   4334: 
                   4335:         Then make a second pass over the reloads to allocate any reloads
                   4336:         that haven't been given registers yet.  */
                   4337: 
                   4338:       for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   4339:        {
                   4340:          register int r = reload_order[j];
                   4341: 
                   4342:          /* Ignore reloads that got marked inoperative.  */
                   4343:          if (reload_out[r] == 0 && reload_in[r] == 0 && ! reload_secondary_p[r])
                   4344:            continue;
                   4345: 
                   4346:          /* If find_reloads chose a to use reload_in or reload_out as a reload
                   4347:             register, we don't need to chose one.  Otherwise, try even if it found
                   4348:             one since we might save an insn if we find the value lying around.  */
                   4349:          if (reload_in[r] != 0 && reload_reg_rtx[r] != 0
                   4350:              && (rtx_equal_p (reload_in[r], reload_reg_rtx[r])
                   4351:                  || rtx_equal_p (reload_out[r], reload_reg_rtx[r])))
                   4352:            continue;
                   4353: 
                   4354: #if 0 /* No longer needed for correct operation.
                   4355:         It might give better code, or might not; worth an experiment?  */
                   4356:          /* If this is an optional reload, we can't inherit from earlier insns
                   4357:             until we are sure that any non-optional reloads have been allocated.
                   4358:             The following code takes advantage of the fact that optional reloads
                   4359:             are at the end of reload_order.  */
                   4360:          if (reload_optional[r] != 0)
                   4361:            for (i = 0; i < j; i++)
                   4362:              if ((reload_out[reload_order[i]] != 0
                   4363:                   || reload_in[reload_order[i]] != 0
                   4364:                   || reload_secondary_p[reload_order[i]])
                   4365:                  && ! reload_optional[reload_order[i]]
                   4366:                  && reload_reg_rtx[reload_order[i]] == 0)
                   4367:                allocate_reload_reg (reload_order[i], insn, 0, inheritance);
                   4368: #endif
                   4369: 
                   4370:          /* First see if this pseudo is already available as reloaded
                   4371:             for a previous insn.  We cannot try to inherit for reloads
                   4372:             that are smaller than the maximum number of registers needed
                   4373:             for groups unless the register we would allocate cannot be used
                   4374:             for the groups.
                   4375: 
                   4376:             We could check here to see if this is a secondary reload for
                   4377:             an object that is already in a register of the desired class.
                   4378:             This would avoid the need for the secondary reload register.
                   4379:             But this is complex because we can't easily determine what
                   4380:             objects might want to be loaded via this reload.  So let a register
                   4381:             be allocated here.  In `emit_reload_insns' we suppress one of the
                   4382:             loads in the case described above.  */
                   4383: 
                   4384:          if (inheritance)
                   4385:            {
                   4386:              register int regno = -1;
1.1.1.4 ! root     4387:              enum machine_mode mode;
1.1       root     4388: 
                   4389:              if (reload_in[r] == 0)
                   4390:                ;
                   4391:              else if (GET_CODE (reload_in[r]) == REG)
1.1.1.4 ! root     4392:                {
        !          4393:                  regno = REGNO (reload_in[r]);
        !          4394:                  mode = GET_MODE (reload_in[r]);
        !          4395:                }
1.1       root     4396:              else if (GET_CODE (reload_in_reg[r]) == REG)
1.1.1.4 ! root     4397:                {
        !          4398:                  regno = REGNO (reload_in_reg[r]);
        !          4399:                  mode = GET_MODE (reload_in_reg[r]);
        !          4400:                }
1.1       root     4401: #if 0
                   4402:              /* This won't work, since REGNO can be a pseudo reg number.
                   4403:                 Also, it takes much more hair to keep track of all the things
                   4404:                 that can invalidate an inherited reload of part of a pseudoreg.  */
                   4405:              else if (GET_CODE (reload_in[r]) == SUBREG
                   4406:                       && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (reload_in[r])) == REG)
                   4407:                regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (reload_in[r])) + SUBREG_WORD (reload_in[r]);
                   4408: #endif
                   4409: 
                   4410:              if (regno >= 0 && reg_last_reload_reg[regno] != 0)
                   4411:                {
                   4412:                  i = spill_reg_order[REGNO (reg_last_reload_reg[regno])];
                   4413: 
                   4414:                  if (reg_reloaded_contents[i] == regno
1.1.1.4 ! root     4415:                      && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (reg_last_reload_reg[regno]))
        !          4416:                          >= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
1.1       root     4417:                      && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (spill_regs[i], reload_mode[r])
                   4418:                      && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) reload_reg_class[r]],
                   4419:                                            spill_regs[i])
                   4420:                      && (reload_nregs[r] == max_group_size
                   4421:                          || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) group_class],
                   4422:                                                  spill_regs[i]))
                   4423:                      && reload_reg_free_p (spill_regs[i], reload_when_needed[r])
                   4424:                      && reload_reg_free_before_p (spill_regs[i],
                   4425:                                                   reload_when_needed[r]))
                   4426:                    {
                   4427:                      /* If a group is needed, verify that all the subsequent
                   4428:                         registers still have their values intact. */
                   4429:                      int nr
                   4430:                        = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (spill_regs[i], reload_mode[r]);
                   4431:                      int k;
                   4432: 
                   4433:                      for (k = 1; k < nr; k++)
                   4434:                        if (reg_reloaded_contents[spill_reg_order[spill_regs[i] + k]]
                   4435:                            != regno)
                   4436:                          break;
                   4437: 
                   4438:                      if (k == nr)
                   4439:                        {
                   4440:                          /* Mark the register as in use for this part of
                   4441:                             the insn.  */
                   4442:                          mark_reload_reg_in_use (spill_regs[i],
                   4443:                                                  reload_when_needed[r],
                   4444:                                                  reload_mode[r]);
                   4445:                          reload_reg_rtx[r] = reg_last_reload_reg[regno];
                   4446:                          reload_inherited[r] = 1;
                   4447:                          reload_inheritance_insn[r] = reg_reloaded_insn[i];
                   4448:                          reload_spill_index[r] = i;
                   4449:                        }
                   4450:                    }
                   4451:                }
                   4452:            }
                   4453: 
                   4454:          /* Here's another way to see if the value is already lying around.  */
                   4455:          if (inheritance
                   4456:              && reload_in[r] != 0
                   4457:              && ! reload_inherited[r]
                   4458:              && reload_out[r] == 0
                   4459:              && (CONSTANT_P (reload_in[r])
                   4460:                  || GET_CODE (reload_in[r]) == PLUS
                   4461:                  || GET_CODE (reload_in[r]) == REG
                   4462:                  || GET_CODE (reload_in[r]) == MEM)
                   4463:              && (reload_nregs[r] == max_group_size
                   4464:                  || ! reg_classes_intersect_p (reload_reg_class[r], group_class)))
                   4465:            {
                   4466:              register rtx equiv
                   4467:                = find_equiv_reg (reload_in[r], insn, reload_reg_class[r],
1.1.1.4 ! root     4468:                                  -1, NULL_PTR, 0, reload_mode[r]);
1.1       root     4469:              int regno;
                   4470: 
                   4471:              if (equiv != 0)
                   4472:                {
                   4473:                  if (GET_CODE (equiv) == REG)
                   4474:                    regno = REGNO (equiv);
                   4475:                  else if (GET_CODE (equiv) == SUBREG)
                   4476:                    {
                   4477:                      regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (equiv));
                   4478:                      if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   4479:                        regno += SUBREG_WORD (equiv);
                   4480:                    }
                   4481:                  else
                   4482:                    abort ();
                   4483:                }
                   4484: 
                   4485:              /* If we found a spill reg, reject it unless it is free
                   4486:                 and of the desired class.  */
                   4487:              if (equiv != 0
                   4488:                  && ((spill_reg_order[regno] >= 0
                   4489:                       && ! reload_reg_free_before_p (regno,
                   4490:                                                      reload_when_needed[r]))
                   4491:                      || ! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) reload_reg_class[r]],
                   4492:                                              regno)))
                   4493:                equiv = 0;
                   4494: 
                   4495:              if (equiv != 0 && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reload_reg_used_at_all, regno))
                   4496:                equiv = 0;
                   4497: 
                   4498:              if (equiv != 0 && ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, reload_mode[r]))
                   4499:                equiv = 0;
                   4500: 
                   4501:              /* We found a register that contains the value we need.
                   4502:                 If this register is the same as an `earlyclobber' operand
                   4503:                 of the current insn, just mark it as a place to reload from
                   4504:                 since we can't use it as the reload register itself.  */
                   4505: 
                   4506:              if (equiv != 0)
                   4507:                for (i = 0; i < n_earlyclobbers; i++)
1.1.1.3   root     4508:                  if (reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (equiv,
                   4509:                                                          reload_earlyclobbers[i]))
1.1       root     4510:                    {
                   4511:                      reload_override_in[r] = equiv;
                   4512:                      equiv = 0;
                   4513:                      break;
                   4514:                    }
                   4515: 
                   4516:              /* JRV: If the equiv register we have found is explicitly
                   4517:                 clobbered in the current insn, mark but don't use, as above. */
                   4518: 
                   4519:              if (equiv != 0 && regno_clobbered_p (regno, insn))
                   4520:                {
                   4521:                  reload_override_in[r] = equiv;
                   4522:                  equiv = 0;
                   4523:                }
                   4524: 
                   4525:              /* If we found an equivalent reg, say no code need be generated
                   4526:                 to load it, and use it as our reload reg.  */
                   4527:              if (equiv != 0 && regno != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
                   4528:                {
                   4529:                  reload_reg_rtx[r] = equiv;
                   4530:                  reload_inherited[r] = 1;
                   4531:                  /* If it is a spill reg,
                   4532:                     mark the spill reg as in use for this insn.  */
                   4533:                  i = spill_reg_order[regno];
                   4534:                  if (i >= 0)
                   4535:                    mark_reload_reg_in_use (regno, reload_when_needed[r],
                   4536:                                            reload_mode[r]);
                   4537:                }
                   4538:            }
                   4539: 
                   4540:          /* If we found a register to use already, or if this is an optional
                   4541:             reload, we are done.  */
                   4542:          if (reload_reg_rtx[r] != 0 || reload_optional[r] != 0)
                   4543:            continue;
                   4544: 
                   4545: #if 0 /* No longer needed for correct operation.  Might or might not
                   4546:         give better code on the average.  Want to experiment?  */
                   4547: 
                   4548:          /* See if there is a later reload that has a class different from our
                   4549:             class that intersects our class or that requires less register
                   4550:             than our reload.  If so, we must allocate a register to this
                   4551:             reload now, since that reload might inherit a previous reload
                   4552:             and take the only available register in our class.  Don't do this
                   4553:             for optional reloads since they will force all previous reloads
                   4554:             to be allocated.  Also don't do this for reloads that have been
                   4555:             turned off.  */
                   4556: 
                   4557:          for (i = j + 1; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   4558:            {
                   4559:              int s = reload_order[i];
                   4560: 
1.1.1.2   root     4561:              if ((reload_in[s] == 0 && reload_out[s] == 0
                   4562:                   && ! reload_secondary_p[s])
1.1       root     4563:                  || reload_optional[s])
                   4564:                continue;
                   4565: 
                   4566:              if ((reload_reg_class[s] != reload_reg_class[r]
                   4567:                   && reg_classes_intersect_p (reload_reg_class[r],
                   4568:                                               reload_reg_class[s]))
                   4569:                  || reload_nregs[s] < reload_nregs[r])
                   4570:              break;
                   4571:            }
                   4572: 
                   4573:          if (i == n_reloads)
                   4574:            continue;
                   4575: 
                   4576:          allocate_reload_reg (r, insn, j == n_reloads - 1, inheritance);
                   4577: #endif
                   4578:        }
                   4579: 
                   4580:       /* Now allocate reload registers for anything non-optional that
                   4581:         didn't get one yet.  */
                   4582:       for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   4583:        {
                   4584:          register int r = reload_order[j];
                   4585: 
                   4586:          /* Ignore reloads that got marked inoperative.  */
                   4587:          if (reload_out[r] == 0 && reload_in[r] == 0 && ! reload_secondary_p[r])
                   4588:            continue;
                   4589: 
                   4590:          /* Skip reloads that already have a register allocated or are
                   4591:             optional. */
                   4592:          if (reload_reg_rtx[r] != 0 || reload_optional[r])
                   4593:            continue;
                   4594: 
                   4595:          if (! allocate_reload_reg (r, insn, j == n_reloads - 1, inheritance))
                   4596:            break;
                   4597:        }
                   4598: 
                   4599:       /* If that loop got all the way, we have won.  */
                   4600:       if (j == n_reloads)
                   4601:        break;
                   4602: 
                   4603:     fail:
                   4604:       /* Loop around and try without any inheritance.  */
                   4605:       /* First undo everything done by the failed attempt
                   4606:         to allocate with inheritance.  */
                   4607:       bcopy (save_reload_reg_rtx, reload_reg_rtx, sizeof reload_reg_rtx);
                   4608:       bcopy (save_reload_inherited, reload_inherited, sizeof reload_inherited);
                   4609:       bcopy (save_reload_inheritance_insn, reload_inheritance_insn,
                   4610:             sizeof reload_inheritance_insn);
                   4611:       bcopy (save_reload_override_in, reload_override_in,
                   4612:             sizeof reload_override_in);
                   4613:       bcopy (save_reload_spill_index, reload_spill_index,
                   4614:             sizeof reload_spill_index);
                   4615:       COPY_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used, save_reload_reg_used);
                   4616:       COPY_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_at_all, save_reload_reg_used_at_all);
                   4617:       COPY_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_input,
                   4618:                         save_reload_reg_used_in_input);
                   4619:       COPY_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_output,
                   4620:                         save_reload_reg_used_in_output);
                   4621:       COPY_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_input_addr,
                   4622:                         save_reload_reg_used_in_input_addr);
                   4623:       COPY_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_output_addr,
                   4624:                         save_reload_reg_used_in_output_addr);
                   4625:       COPY_HARD_REG_SET (reload_reg_used_in_op_addr,
                   4626:                         save_reload_reg_used_in_op_addr);
                   4627:     }
                   4628: 
                   4629:   /* If we thought we could inherit a reload, because it seemed that
                   4630:      nothing else wanted the same reload register earlier in the insn,
                   4631:      verify that assumption, now that all reloads have been assigned.  */
                   4632: 
                   4633:   for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   4634:     {
                   4635:       register int r = reload_order[j];
                   4636: 
                   4637:       if (reload_inherited[r] && reload_reg_rtx[r] != 0
                   4638:          && ! reload_reg_free_before_p (true_regnum (reload_reg_rtx[r]),
                   4639:                                         reload_when_needed[r]))
                   4640:        reload_inherited[r] = 0;
                   4641: 
                   4642:       /* If we found a better place to reload from,
                   4643:         validate it in the same fashion, if it is a reload reg.  */
                   4644:       if (reload_override_in[r]
                   4645:          && (GET_CODE (reload_override_in[r]) == REG
                   4646:              || GET_CODE (reload_override_in[r]) == SUBREG))
                   4647:        {
                   4648:          int regno = true_regnum (reload_override_in[r]);
                   4649:          if (spill_reg_order[regno] >= 0
                   4650:              && ! reload_reg_free_before_p (regno, reload_when_needed[r]))
                   4651:            reload_override_in[r] = 0;
                   4652:        }
                   4653:     }
                   4654: 
                   4655:   /* Now that reload_override_in is known valid,
                   4656:      actually override reload_in.  */
                   4657:   for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   4658:     if (reload_override_in[j])
                   4659:       reload_in[j] = reload_override_in[j];
                   4660: 
                   4661:   /* If this reload won't be done because it has been cancelled or is
                   4662:      optional and not inherited, clear reload_reg_rtx so other
                   4663:      routines (such as subst_reloads) don't get confused.  */
                   4664:   for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   4665:     if ((reload_optional[j] && ! reload_inherited[j])
                   4666:        || (reload_in[j] == 0 && reload_out[j] == 0
                   4667:            && ! reload_secondary_p[j]))
                   4668:       reload_reg_rtx[j] = 0;
                   4669: 
                   4670:   /* Record which pseudos and which spill regs have output reloads.  */
                   4671:   for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   4672:     {
                   4673:       register int r = reload_order[j];
                   4674: 
                   4675:       i = reload_spill_index[r];
                   4676: 
                   4677:       /* I is nonneg if this reload used one of the spill regs.
                   4678:         If reload_reg_rtx[r] is 0, this is an optional reload
                   4679:         that we opted to ignore.  */
                   4680:       if (reload_out[r] != 0 && GET_CODE (reload_out[r]) == REG
                   4681:          && reload_reg_rtx[r] != 0)
                   4682:        {
                   4683:          register int nregno = REGNO (reload_out[r]);
1.1.1.4 ! root     4684:          int nr = 1;
        !          4685: 
        !          4686:          if (nregno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
        !          4687:            nr = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (nregno, reload_mode[r]);
1.1       root     4688: 
                   4689:          while (--nr >= 0)
1.1.1.4 ! root     4690:            reg_has_output_reload[nregno + nr] = 1;
        !          4691: 
        !          4692:          if (i >= 0)
1.1       root     4693:            {
1.1.1.4 ! root     4694:              nr = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (spill_regs[i], reload_mode[r]);
        !          4695:              while (--nr >= 0)
1.1       root     4696:                SET_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_is_output_reload, spill_regs[i] + nr);
                   4697:            }
                   4698: 
                   4699:          if (reload_when_needed[r] != RELOAD_OTHER
                   4700:              && reload_when_needed[r] != RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT)
                   4701:            abort ();
                   4702:        }
                   4703:     }
                   4704: }
                   4705: 
                   4706: /* Output insns to reload values in and out of the chosen reload regs.  */
                   4707: 
                   4708: static void
                   4709: emit_reload_insns (insn)
                   4710:      rtx insn;
                   4711: {
                   4712:   register int j;
                   4713:   rtx following_insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
                   4714:   rtx before_insn = insn;
                   4715:   rtx first_output_reload_insn = NEXT_INSN (insn);
                   4716:   rtx first_other_reload_insn = insn;
                   4717:   rtx first_operand_address_reload_insn = insn;
                   4718:   int special;
                   4719:   /* Values to be put in spill_reg_store are put here first.  */
                   4720:   rtx new_spill_reg_store[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
                   4721: 
1.1.1.2   root     4722:   /* If this is a CALL_INSN preceded by USE insns, any reload insns
1.1       root     4723:      must go in front of the first USE insn, not in front of INSN.  */
                   4724: 
                   4725:   if (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN && GET_CODE (PREV_INSN (insn)) == INSN
                   4726:       && GET_CODE (PATTERN (PREV_INSN (insn))) == USE)
                   4727:     while (GET_CODE (PREV_INSN (before_insn)) == INSN
                   4728:           && GET_CODE (PATTERN (PREV_INSN (before_insn))) == USE)
                   4729:       first_other_reload_insn = first_operand_address_reload_insn
                   4730:        = before_insn = PREV_INSN (before_insn);
                   4731: 
                   4732:   /* Now output the instructions to copy the data into and out of the
                   4733:      reload registers.  Do these in the order that the reloads were reported,
                   4734:      since reloads of base and index registers precede reloads of operands
                   4735:      and the operands may need the base and index registers reloaded.  */
                   4736: 
                   4737:   for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   4738:     {
                   4739:       register rtx old;
                   4740:       rtx oldequiv_reg = 0;
                   4741:       rtx this_reload_insn = 0;
                   4742:       rtx store_insn = 0;
                   4743: 
                   4744:       old = reload_in[j];
                   4745:       if (old != 0 && ! reload_inherited[j]
                   4746:          && ! rtx_equal_p (reload_reg_rtx[j], old)
                   4747:          && reload_reg_rtx[j] != 0)
                   4748:        {
                   4749:          register rtx reloadreg = reload_reg_rtx[j];
                   4750:          rtx oldequiv = 0;
                   4751:          enum machine_mode mode;
                   4752:          rtx where;
                   4753:          rtx reload_insn;
                   4754: 
                   4755:          /* Determine the mode to reload in.
                   4756:             This is very tricky because we have three to choose from.
                   4757:             There is the mode the insn operand wants (reload_inmode[J]).
                   4758:             There is the mode of the reload register RELOADREG.
                   4759:             There is the intrinsic mode of the operand, which we could find
                   4760:             by stripping some SUBREGs.
                   4761:             It turns out that RELOADREG's mode is irrelevant:
                   4762:             we can change that arbitrarily.
                   4763: 
                   4764:             Consider (SUBREG:SI foo:QI) as an operand that must be SImode;
                   4765:             then the reload reg may not support QImode moves, so use SImode.
                   4766:             If foo is in memory due to spilling a pseudo reg, this is safe,
                   4767:             because the QImode value is in the least significant part of a
                   4768:             slot big enough for a SImode.  If foo is some other sort of
                   4769:             memory reference, then it is impossible to reload this case,
                   4770:             so previous passes had better make sure this never happens.
                   4771: 
                   4772:             Then consider a one-word union which has SImode and one of its
                   4773:             members is a float, being fetched as (SUBREG:SF union:SI).
                   4774:             We must fetch that as SFmode because we could be loading into
                   4775:             a float-only register.  In this case OLD's mode is correct.
                   4776: 
                   4777:             Consider an immediate integer: it has VOIDmode.  Here we need
                   4778:             to get a mode from something else.
                   4779: 
                   4780:             In some cases, there is a fourth mode, the operand's
                   4781:             containing mode.  If the insn specifies a containing mode for
                   4782:             this operand, it overrides all others.
                   4783: 
                   4784:             I am not sure whether the algorithm here is always right,
                   4785:             but it does the right things in those cases.  */
                   4786: 
                   4787:          mode = GET_MODE (old);
                   4788:          if (mode == VOIDmode)
                   4789:            mode = reload_inmode[j];
                   4790:          if (reload_strict_low[j])
                   4791:            mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (reload_in[j]));
                   4792: 
                   4793: #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
                   4794:          /* If we need a secondary register for this operation, see if
                   4795:             the value is already in a register in that class.  Don't
                   4796:             do this if the secondary register will be used as a scratch
                   4797:             register.  */
                   4798: 
                   4799:          if (reload_secondary_reload[j] >= 0
1.1.1.4 ! root     4800:              && reload_secondary_icode[j] == CODE_FOR_nothing
        !          4801:              && optimize)
1.1       root     4802:            oldequiv
                   4803:              = find_equiv_reg (old, insn,
                   4804:                                reload_reg_class[reload_secondary_reload[j]],
1.1.1.4 ! root     4805:                                -1, NULL_PTR, 0, mode);
1.1       root     4806: #endif
                   4807: 
                   4808:          /* If reloading from memory, see if there is a register
                   4809:             that already holds the same value.  If so, reload from there.
                   4810:             We can pass 0 as the reload_reg_p argument because
                   4811:             any other reload has either already been emitted,
                   4812:             in which case find_equiv_reg will see the reload-insn,
                   4813:             or has yet to be emitted, in which case it doesn't matter
                   4814:             because we will use this equiv reg right away.  */
                   4815: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     4816:          if (oldequiv == 0 && optimize
1.1       root     4817:              && (GET_CODE (old) == MEM
                   4818:                  || (GET_CODE (old) == REG
                   4819:                      && REGNO (old) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   4820:                      && reg_renumber[REGNO (old)] < 0)))
                   4821:            oldequiv = find_equiv_reg (old, insn, GENERAL_REGS,
1.1.1.4 ! root     4822:                                       -1, NULL_PTR, 0, mode);
1.1       root     4823: 
                   4824:          if (oldequiv)
                   4825:            {
                   4826:              int regno = true_regnum (oldequiv);
                   4827: 
                   4828:              /* If OLDEQUIV is a spill register, don't use it for this
                   4829:                 if any other reload needs it at an earlier stage of this insn
                   4830:                 or at this stage.  */
                   4831:              if (spill_reg_order[regno] >= 0
                   4832:                  && (! reload_reg_free_p (regno, reload_when_needed[j])
                   4833:                      || ! reload_reg_free_before_p (regno,
                   4834:                                                     reload_when_needed[j])))
                   4835:                oldequiv = 0;
                   4836: 
                   4837:              /* If OLDEQUIV is not a spill register,
                   4838:                 don't use it if any other reload wants it.  */
                   4839:              if (spill_reg_order[regno] < 0)
                   4840:                {
                   4841:                  int k;
                   4842:                  for (k = 0; k < n_reloads; k++)
                   4843:                    if (reload_reg_rtx[k] != 0 && k != j
1.1.1.3   root     4844:                        && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (reload_reg_rtx[k],
                   4845:                                                               oldequiv))
1.1       root     4846:                      {
                   4847:                        oldequiv = 0;
                   4848:                        break;
                   4849:                      }
                   4850:                }
                   4851:            }
                   4852: 
                   4853:          if (oldequiv == 0)
                   4854:            oldequiv = old;
                   4855:          else if (GET_CODE (oldequiv) == REG)
                   4856:            oldequiv_reg = oldequiv;
                   4857:          else if (GET_CODE (oldequiv) == SUBREG)
                   4858:            oldequiv_reg = SUBREG_REG (oldequiv);
                   4859: 
                   4860:          /* Encapsulate both RELOADREG and OLDEQUIV into that mode,
                   4861:             then load RELOADREG from OLDEQUIV.  */
                   4862: 
                   4863:          if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) != mode)
                   4864:            reloadreg = gen_rtx (REG, mode, REGNO (reloadreg));
                   4865:          while (GET_CODE (oldequiv) == SUBREG && GET_MODE (oldequiv) != mode)
                   4866:            oldequiv = SUBREG_REG (oldequiv);
                   4867:          if (GET_MODE (oldequiv) != VOIDmode
                   4868:              && mode != GET_MODE (oldequiv))
                   4869:            oldequiv = gen_rtx (SUBREG, mode, oldequiv, 0);
                   4870: 
                   4871:          /* Decide where to put reload insn for this reload.  */
                   4872:          switch (reload_when_needed[j])
                   4873:            {
                   4874:            case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
                   4875:            case RELOAD_OTHER:
                   4876:              where = first_operand_address_reload_insn;
                   4877:              break;
                   4878:            case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS:
                   4879:              where = first_other_reload_insn;
                   4880:              break;
                   4881:            case RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS:
                   4882:              where = first_output_reload_insn;
                   4883:              break;
                   4884:            case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
                   4885:              where = before_insn;
                   4886:            }
                   4887: 
                   4888:          special = 0;
                   4889: 
                   4890:          /* Auto-increment addresses must be reloaded in a special way.  */
                   4891:          if (GET_CODE (oldequiv) == POST_INC
                   4892:              || GET_CODE (oldequiv) == POST_DEC
                   4893:              || GET_CODE (oldequiv) == PRE_INC
                   4894:              || GET_CODE (oldequiv) == PRE_DEC)
                   4895:            {
                   4896:              /* We are not going to bother supporting the case where a
                   4897:                 incremented register can't be copied directly from
                   4898:                 OLDEQUIV since this seems highly unlikely.  */
                   4899:              if (reload_secondary_reload[j] >= 0)
                   4900:                abort ();
                   4901:              /* Prevent normal processing of this reload.  */
                   4902:              special = 1;
                   4903:              /* Output a special code sequence for this case.  */
                   4904:              this_reload_insn
                   4905:                = inc_for_reload (reloadreg, oldequiv, reload_inc[j], where);
                   4906:            }
                   4907: 
                   4908:          /* If we are reloading a pseudo-register that was set by the previous
                   4909:             insn, see if we can get rid of that pseudo-register entirely
                   4910:             by redirecting the previous insn into our reload register.  */
                   4911: 
                   4912:          else if (optimize && GET_CODE (old) == REG
                   4913:                   && REGNO (old) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   4914:                   && dead_or_set_p (insn, old)
                   4915:                   /* This is unsafe if some other reload
                   4916:                      uses the same reg first.  */
                   4917:                   && (reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_OTHER
                   4918:                       || reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
                   4919:                       || reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS))
                   4920:            {
                   4921:              rtx temp = PREV_INSN (insn);
                   4922:              while (temp && GET_CODE (temp) == NOTE)
                   4923:                temp = PREV_INSN (temp);
                   4924:              if (temp
                   4925:                  && GET_CODE (temp) == INSN
                   4926:                  && GET_CODE (PATTERN (temp)) == SET
                   4927:                  && SET_DEST (PATTERN (temp)) == old
                   4928:                  /* Make sure we can access insn_operand_constraint.  */
                   4929:                  && asm_noperands (PATTERN (temp)) < 0
                   4930:                  /* This is unsafe if prev insn rejects our reload reg.  */
                   4931:                  && constraint_accepts_reg_p (insn_operand_constraint[recog_memoized (temp)][0],
                   4932:                                               reloadreg)
                   4933:                  /* This is unsafe if operand occurs more than once in current
                   4934:                     insn.  Perhaps some occurrences aren't reloaded.  */
                   4935:                  && count_occurrences (PATTERN (insn), old) == 1
                   4936:                  /* Don't risk splitting a matching pair of operands.  */
                   4937:                  && ! reg_mentioned_p (old, SET_SRC (PATTERN (temp))))
                   4938:                {
                   4939:                  /* Store into the reload register instead of the pseudo.  */
                   4940:                  SET_DEST (PATTERN (temp)) = reloadreg;
                   4941:                  /* If these are the only uses of the pseudo reg,
                   4942:                     pretend for GDB it lives in the reload reg we used.  */
                   4943:                  if (reg_n_deaths[REGNO (old)] == 1
                   4944:                      && reg_n_sets[REGNO (old)] == 1)
                   4945:                    {
                   4946:                      reg_renumber[REGNO (old)] = REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[j]);
                   4947:                      alter_reg (REGNO (old), -1);
                   4948:                    }
                   4949:                  special = 1;
                   4950:                }
                   4951:            }
                   4952: 
                   4953:          /* We can't do that, so output an insn to load RELOADREG.
                   4954:             Keep them in the following order:
                   4955:             all reloads for input reload addresses,
                   4956:             all reloads for ordinary input operands,
                   4957:             all reloads for addresses of non-reloaded operands,
                   4958:             the insn being reloaded,
                   4959:             all reloads for addresses of output reloads,
                   4960:             the output reloads.  */
                   4961:          if (! special)
                   4962:            {
                   4963: #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
                   4964:              rtx second_reload_reg = 0;
                   4965:              enum insn_code icode;
                   4966: 
                   4967:              /* If we have a secondary reload, pick up the secondary register
                   4968:                 and icode, if any.  If OLDEQUIV and OLD are different or
                   4969:                 if this is an in-out reload, recompute whether or not we
                   4970:                 still need a secondary register and what the icode should
                   4971:                 be.  If we still need a secondary register and the class or
                   4972:                 icode is different, go back to reloading from OLD if using
                   4973:                 OLDEQUIV means that we got the wrong type of register.  We
                   4974:                 cannot have different class or icode due to an in-out reload
                   4975:                 because we don't make such reloads when both the input and
                   4976:                 output need secondary reload registers.  */
                   4977: 
                   4978:              if (reload_secondary_reload[j] >= 0)
                   4979:                {
                   4980:                  int secondary_reload = reload_secondary_reload[j];
1.1.1.2   root     4981:                  rtx real_oldequiv = oldequiv;
                   4982:                  rtx real_old = old;
                   4983: 
                   4984:                  /* If OLDEQUIV is a pseudo with a MEM, get the real MEM
                   4985:                     and similarly for OLD.
                   4986:                     See comments in find_secondary_reload in reload.c.  */
                   4987:                  if (GET_CODE (oldequiv) == REG
                   4988:                      && REGNO (oldequiv) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   4989:                      && reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (oldequiv)] != 0)
                   4990:                    real_oldequiv = reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (oldequiv)];
                   4991: 
                   4992:                  if (GET_CODE (old) == REG
                   4993:                      && REGNO (old) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   4994:                      && reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (old)] != 0)
                   4995:                    real_old = reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (old)];
                   4996: 
1.1       root     4997:                  second_reload_reg = reload_reg_rtx[secondary_reload];
                   4998:                  icode = reload_secondary_icode[j];
                   4999: 
                   5000:                  if ((old != oldequiv && ! rtx_equal_p (old, oldequiv))
                   5001:                      || (reload_in[j] != 0 && reload_out[j] != 0))
                   5002:                    {
                   5003:                      enum reg_class new_class
                   5004:                        = SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (reload_reg_class[j],
1.1.1.2   root     5005:                                                        mode, real_oldequiv);
1.1       root     5006: 
                   5007:                      if (new_class == NO_REGS)
                   5008:                        second_reload_reg = 0;
                   5009:                      else
                   5010:                        {
                   5011:                          enum insn_code new_icode;
                   5012:                          enum machine_mode new_mode;
                   5013: 
                   5014:                          if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) new_class],
                   5015:                                                   REGNO (second_reload_reg)))
1.1.1.2   root     5016:                            oldequiv = old, real_oldequiv = real_old;
1.1       root     5017:                          else
                   5018:                            {
                   5019:                              new_icode = reload_in_optab[(int) mode];
                   5020:                              if (new_icode != CODE_FOR_nothing
                   5021:                                  && ((insn_operand_predicate[(int) new_icode][0]
                   5022:                                       && ! ((*insn_operand_predicate[(int) new_icode][0])
                   5023:                                             (reloadreg, mode)))
                   5024:                                      || (insn_operand_predicate[(int) new_icode][1]
                   5025:                                          && ! ((*insn_operand_predicate[(int) new_icode][1])
1.1.1.2   root     5026:                                                (real_oldequiv, mode)))))
1.1       root     5027:                                new_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
                   5028: 
                   5029:                              if (new_icode == CODE_FOR_nothing)
                   5030:                                new_mode = mode;
                   5031:                              else
                   5032:                                new_mode = insn_operand_mode[new_icode][2];
                   5033: 
                   5034:                              if (GET_MODE (second_reload_reg) != new_mode)
                   5035:                                {
                   5036:                                  if (!HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (second_reload_reg),
                   5037:                                                           new_mode))
1.1.1.2   root     5038:                                    oldequiv = old, real_oldequiv = real_old;
1.1       root     5039:                                  else
                   5040:                                    second_reload_reg
1.1.1.4 ! root     5041:                                      = gen_rtx (REG, new_mode,
        !          5042:                                                 REGNO (second_reload_reg));
1.1       root     5043:                                }
                   5044:                            }
                   5045:                        }
                   5046:                    }
                   5047: 
                   5048:                  /* If we still need a secondary reload register, check
                   5049:                     to see if it is being used as a scratch or intermediate
1.1.1.2   root     5050:                     register and generate code appropriately.  If we need
                   5051:                     a scratch register, use REAL_OLDEQUIV since the form of
                   5052:                     the insn may depend on the actual address if it is 
                   5053:                     a MEM.  */
1.1       root     5054: 
                   5055:                  if (second_reload_reg)
                   5056:                    {
                   5057:                      if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
                   5058:                        {
                   5059:                          reload_insn = emit_insn_before (GEN_FCN (icode)
1.1.1.2   root     5060:                                                          (reloadreg,
                   5061:                                                           real_oldequiv,
1.1       root     5062:                                                           second_reload_reg),
                   5063:                                                          where);
                   5064:                          if (this_reload_insn == 0)
                   5065:                            this_reload_insn = reload_insn;
                   5066:                          special = 1;
                   5067:                        }
                   5068:                      else
                   5069:                        {
                   5070:                          /* See if we need a scratch register to load the
                   5071:                             intermediate register (a tertiary reload).  */
                   5072:                          enum insn_code tertiary_icode
                   5073:                            = reload_secondary_icode[secondary_reload];
                   5074: 
                   5075:                          if (tertiary_icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
                   5076:                            {
                   5077:                              rtx third_reload_reg
                   5078:                                = reload_reg_rtx[reload_secondary_reload[secondary_reload]];
                   5079: 
                   5080:                              reload_insn
                   5081:                                = emit_insn_before ((GEN_FCN (tertiary_icode)
                   5082:                                                     (second_reload_reg,
1.1.1.2   root     5083:                                                      real_oldequiv,
1.1       root     5084:                                                      third_reload_reg)),
                   5085:                                                    where);
                   5086:                              if (this_reload_insn == 0)
                   5087:                                this_reload_insn = reload_insn;
                   5088:                            }
                   5089:                          else
                   5090:                            {
                   5091:                              reload_insn
                   5092:                                = gen_input_reload (second_reload_reg,
                   5093:                                                    oldequiv, where);
                   5094:                              if (this_reload_insn == 0)
                   5095:                                this_reload_insn = reload_insn;
                   5096:                              oldequiv = second_reload_reg;
                   5097:                            }
                   5098:                        }
                   5099:                    }
                   5100:                }
                   5101: #endif
                   5102: 
                   5103:              if (! special)
                   5104:                {
1.1.1.3   root     5105:                  reload_insn = gen_input_reload (reloadreg, oldequiv, where);
1.1       root     5106:                  if (this_reload_insn == 0)
                   5107:                    this_reload_insn = reload_insn;
                   5108:                }
                   5109: 
                   5110: #if defined(SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS) && defined(PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P)
                   5111:              /* We may have to make a REG_DEAD note for the secondary reload
                   5112:                 register in the insns we just made.  Find the last insn that
                   5113:                 mentioned the register.  */
                   5114:              if (! special && second_reload_reg
                   5115:                  && PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P (REGNO (second_reload_reg)))
                   5116:                {
                   5117:                  rtx prev;
                   5118: 
                   5119:                  for (prev = where;
                   5120:                       prev != PREV_INSN (this_reload_insn);
                   5121:                       prev = PREV_INSN (prev))
                   5122:                    if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (prev) == 'i')
1.1.1.3   root     5123:                        && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (second_reload_reg,
                   5124:                                                               PATTERN (prev)))
1.1       root     5125:                      {
                   5126:                        REG_NOTES (prev) = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_DEAD,
                   5127:                                                    second_reload_reg,
                   5128:                                                    REG_NOTES (prev));
                   5129:                        break;
                   5130:                      }
                   5131:                }
                   5132: #endif
                   5133:            }
                   5134: 
                   5135:          /* Update where to put other reload insns.  */
                   5136:          if (this_reload_insn)
                   5137:            switch (reload_when_needed[j])
                   5138:              {
                   5139:              case RELOAD_FOR_INPUT:
                   5140:              case RELOAD_OTHER:
                   5141:                if (first_other_reload_insn == first_operand_address_reload_insn)
                   5142:                  first_other_reload_insn = this_reload_insn;
                   5143:                break;
                   5144:              case RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS:
                   5145:                if (first_operand_address_reload_insn == before_insn)
                   5146:                  first_operand_address_reload_insn = this_reload_insn;
                   5147:                if (first_other_reload_insn == before_insn)
                   5148:                  first_other_reload_insn = this_reload_insn;
                   5149:              }
                   5150: 
                   5151:          /* reload_inc[j] was formerly processed here.  */
                   5152:        }
                   5153: 
                   5154:       /* Add a note saying the input reload reg
                   5155:         dies in this insn, if anyone cares.  */
                   5156: #ifdef PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P
                   5157:       if (old != 0
                   5158:          && reload_reg_rtx[j] != old
                   5159:          && reload_reg_rtx[j] != 0
                   5160:          && reload_out[j] == 0
                   5161:          && ! reload_inherited[j]
                   5162:          && PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P (REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[j])))
                   5163:        {
                   5164:          register rtx reloadreg = reload_reg_rtx[j];
                   5165: 
                   5166: #if 0
                   5167:          /* We can't abort here because we need to support this for sched.c.
                   5168:             It's not terrible to miss a REG_DEAD note, but we should try
                   5169:             to figure out how to do this correctly.  */
                   5170:          /* The code below is incorrect for address-only reloads.  */
                   5171:          if (reload_when_needed[j] != RELOAD_OTHER
                   5172:              && reload_when_needed[j] != RELOAD_FOR_INPUT)
                   5173:            abort ();
                   5174: #endif
                   5175: 
                   5176:          /* Add a death note to this insn, for an input reload.  */
                   5177: 
                   5178:          if ((reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_OTHER
                   5179:               || reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT)
                   5180:              && ! dead_or_set_p (insn, reloadreg))
                   5181:            REG_NOTES (insn)
                   5182:              = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_DEAD,
                   5183:                         reloadreg, REG_NOTES (insn));
                   5184:        }
                   5185: 
                   5186:       /* When we inherit a reload, the last marked death of the reload reg
                   5187:         may no longer really be a death.  */
                   5188:       if (reload_reg_rtx[j] != 0
                   5189:          && PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P (REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[j]))
                   5190:          && reload_inherited[j])
                   5191:        {
                   5192:          /* Handle inheriting an output reload.
                   5193:             Remove the death note from the output reload insn.  */
                   5194:          if (reload_spill_index[j] >= 0
                   5195:              && GET_CODE (reload_in[j]) == REG
                   5196:              && spill_reg_store[reload_spill_index[j]] != 0
                   5197:              && find_regno_note (spill_reg_store[reload_spill_index[j]],
                   5198:                                  REG_DEAD, REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[j])))
                   5199:            remove_death (REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[j]),
                   5200:                          spill_reg_store[reload_spill_index[j]]);
                   5201:          /* Likewise for input reloads that were inherited.  */
                   5202:          else if (reload_spill_index[j] >= 0
                   5203:                   && GET_CODE (reload_in[j]) == REG
                   5204:                   && spill_reg_store[reload_spill_index[j]] == 0
                   5205:                   && reload_inheritance_insn[j] != 0
                   5206:                   && find_regno_note (reload_inheritance_insn[j], REG_DEAD,
                   5207:                                       REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[j])))
                   5208:            remove_death (REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[j]),
                   5209:                          reload_inheritance_insn[j]);
                   5210:          else
                   5211:            {
                   5212:              rtx prev;
                   5213: 
                   5214:              /* We got this register from find_equiv_reg.
                   5215:                 Search back for its last death note and get rid of it.
                   5216:                 But don't search back too far.
                   5217:                 Don't go past a place where this reg is set,
                   5218:                 since a death note before that remains valid.  */
                   5219:              for (prev = PREV_INSN (insn);
                   5220:                   prev && GET_CODE (prev) != CODE_LABEL;
                   5221:                   prev = PREV_INSN (prev))
                   5222:                if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (prev)) == 'i'
                   5223:                    && dead_or_set_p (prev, reload_reg_rtx[j]))
                   5224:                  {
                   5225:                    if (find_regno_note (prev, REG_DEAD,
                   5226:                                         REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[j])))
                   5227:                      remove_death (REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[j]), prev);
                   5228:                    break;
                   5229:                  }
                   5230:            }
                   5231:        }
                   5232: 
                   5233:       /* We might have used find_equiv_reg above to choose an alternate
                   5234:         place from which to reload.  If so, and it died, we need to remove
                   5235:         that death and move it to one of the insns we just made.  */
                   5236: 
                   5237:       if (oldequiv_reg != 0
                   5238:          && PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P (true_regnum (oldequiv_reg)))
                   5239:        {
                   5240:          rtx prev, prev1;
                   5241: 
                   5242:          for (prev = PREV_INSN (insn); prev && GET_CODE (prev) != CODE_LABEL;
                   5243:               prev = PREV_INSN (prev))
                   5244:            if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (prev)) == 'i'
                   5245:                && dead_or_set_p (prev, oldequiv_reg))
                   5246:              {
                   5247:                if (find_regno_note (prev, REG_DEAD, REGNO (oldequiv_reg)))
                   5248:                  {
                   5249:                    for (prev1 = this_reload_insn;
                   5250:                         prev1; prev1 = PREV_INSN (prev1))
                   5251:                      if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (prev1) == 'i')
1.1.1.3   root     5252:                        && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (oldequiv_reg,
                   5253:                                                               PATTERN (prev1)))
1.1       root     5254:                      {
                   5255:                        REG_NOTES (prev1) = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_DEAD,
                   5256:                                                     oldequiv_reg,
                   5257:                                                     REG_NOTES (prev1));
                   5258:                        break;
                   5259:                      }
                   5260:                    remove_death (REGNO (oldequiv_reg), prev);
                   5261:                  }
                   5262:                break;
                   5263:              }
                   5264:        }
                   5265: #endif
                   5266: 
                   5267:       /* If we are reloading a register that was recently stored in with an
                   5268:         output-reload, see if we can prove there was
                   5269:         actually no need to store the old value in it.  */
                   5270: 
                   5271:       if (optimize && reload_inherited[j] && reload_spill_index[j] >= 0
                   5272:          /* This is unsafe if some other reload uses the same reg first.  */
                   5273:          && (reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_OTHER
                   5274:              || reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
                   5275:              || reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_RELOAD_ADDRESS)
                   5276:          && GET_CODE (reload_in[j]) == REG
                   5277: #if 0
                   5278:          /* There doesn't seem to be any reason to restrict this to pseudos
                   5279:             and doing so loses in the case where we are copying from a
                   5280:             register of the wrong class.  */
                   5281:          && REGNO (reload_in[j]) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   5282: #endif
                   5283:          && spill_reg_store[reload_spill_index[j]] != 0
                   5284:          && dead_or_set_p (insn, reload_in[j])
                   5285:          /* This is unsafe if operand occurs more than once in current
                   5286:             insn.  Perhaps some occurrences weren't reloaded.  */
                   5287:          && count_occurrences (PATTERN (insn), reload_in[j]) == 1)
                   5288:        delete_output_reload (insn, j,
                   5289:                              spill_reg_store[reload_spill_index[j]]);
                   5290: 
                   5291:       /* Input-reloading is done.  Now do output-reloading,
                   5292:         storing the value from the reload-register after the main insn
                   5293:         if reload_out[j] is nonzero.
                   5294: 
                   5295:         ??? At some point we need to support handling output reloads of
                   5296:         JUMP_INSNs or insns that set cc0.  */
                   5297:       old = reload_out[j];
                   5298:       if (old != 0
                   5299:          && reload_reg_rtx[j] != old
                   5300:          && reload_reg_rtx[j] != 0)
                   5301:        {
                   5302:          register rtx reloadreg = reload_reg_rtx[j];
                   5303:          register rtx second_reloadreg = 0;
                   5304:          rtx prev_insn = PREV_INSN (first_output_reload_insn);
                   5305:          rtx note, p;
                   5306:          enum machine_mode mode;
                   5307:          int special = 0;
                   5308: 
                   5309:          /* An output operand that dies right away does need a reload,
                   5310:             but need not be copied from it.  Show the new location in the
                   5311:             REG_UNUSED note.  */
                   5312:          if ((GET_CODE (old) == REG || GET_CODE (old) == SCRATCH)
                   5313:              && (note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, old)) != 0)
                   5314:            {
                   5315:              XEXP (note, 0) = reload_reg_rtx[j];
                   5316:              continue;
                   5317:            }
                   5318:          else if (GET_CODE (old) == SCRATCH)
                   5319:            /* If we aren't optimizing, there won't be a REG_UNUSED note,
                   5320:               but we don't want to make an output reload.  */
                   5321:            continue;
                   5322: 
                   5323: #if 0
                   5324:          /* Strip off of OLD any size-increasing SUBREGs such as
                   5325:             (SUBREG:SI foo:QI 0).  */
                   5326: 
                   5327:          while (GET_CODE (old) == SUBREG && SUBREG_WORD (old) == 0
                   5328:                 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (old))
                   5329:                     > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (old)))))
                   5330:            old = SUBREG_REG (old);
                   5331: #endif
                   5332: 
                   5333:          /* If is a JUMP_INSN, we can't support output reloads yet.  */
                   5334:          if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN)
                   5335:            abort ();
                   5336: 
                   5337:          /* Determine the mode to reload in.
                   5338:             See comments above (for input reloading).  */
                   5339: 
                   5340:          mode = GET_MODE (old);
                   5341:          if (mode == VOIDmode)
                   5342:            abort ();           /* Should never happen for an output.  */
                   5343: 
                   5344:          /* A strict-low-part output operand needs to be reloaded
                   5345:             in the mode of the entire value.  */
                   5346:          if (reload_strict_low[j])
                   5347:            {
                   5348:              mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (reload_out[j]));
                   5349:              /* Encapsulate OLD into that mode.  */
                   5350:              /* If OLD is a subreg, then strip it, since the subreg will
                   5351:                 be altered by this very reload.  */
                   5352:              while (GET_CODE (old) == SUBREG && GET_MODE (old) != mode)
                   5353:                old = SUBREG_REG (old);
                   5354:              if (GET_MODE (old) != VOIDmode
                   5355:                  && mode != GET_MODE (old))
                   5356:                old = gen_rtx (SUBREG, mode, old, 0);
                   5357:            }
                   5358: 
                   5359:          if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) != mode)
                   5360:            reloadreg = gen_rtx (REG, mode, REGNO (reloadreg));
                   5361: 
                   5362: #ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
                   5363: 
                   5364:          /* If we need two reload regs, set RELOADREG to the intermediate
                   5365:             one, since it will be stored into OUT.  We might need a secondary
                   5366:             register only for an input reload, so check again here.  */
                   5367: 
1.1.1.2   root     5368:          if (reload_secondary_reload[j] >= 0)
1.1       root     5369:            {
1.1.1.2   root     5370:              rtx real_old = old;
1.1       root     5371: 
1.1.1.2   root     5372:              if (GET_CODE (old) == REG && REGNO (old) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   5373:                  && reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (old)] != 0)
                   5374:                real_old = reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (old)];
1.1       root     5375: 
1.1.1.2   root     5376:              if((SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (reload_reg_class[j],
                   5377:                                                 mode, real_old)
                   5378:                  != NO_REGS))
                   5379:                {
                   5380:                  second_reloadreg = reloadreg;
                   5381:                  reloadreg = reload_reg_rtx[reload_secondary_reload[j]];
1.1       root     5382: 
1.1.1.2   root     5383:                  /* See if RELOADREG is to be used as a scratch register
                   5384:                     or as an intermediate register.  */
                   5385:                  if (reload_secondary_icode[j] != CODE_FOR_nothing)
1.1       root     5386:                    {
1.1.1.2   root     5387:                      emit_insn_before ((GEN_FCN (reload_secondary_icode[j])
                   5388:                                         (real_old, second_reloadreg,
                   5389:                                          reloadreg)),
                   5390:                                        first_output_reload_insn);
                   5391:                      special = 1;
1.1       root     5392:                    }
                   5393:                  else
1.1.1.2   root     5394:                    {
                   5395:                      /* See if we need both a scratch and intermediate reload
                   5396:                         register.  */
                   5397:                      int secondary_reload = reload_secondary_reload[j];
                   5398:                      enum insn_code tertiary_icode
                   5399:                        = reload_secondary_icode[secondary_reload];
                   5400:                      rtx pat;
                   5401: 
                   5402:                      if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) != mode)
                   5403:                        reloadreg = gen_rtx (REG, mode, REGNO (reloadreg));
1.1       root     5404: 
1.1.1.2   root     5405:                      if (tertiary_icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
                   5406:                        {
                   5407:                          rtx third_reloadreg
                   5408:                            = reload_reg_rtx[reload_secondary_reload[secondary_reload]];
                   5409:                          pat = (GEN_FCN (tertiary_icode)
                   5410:                                 (reloadreg, second_reloadreg, third_reloadreg));
                   5411:                        }
1.1.1.4 ! root     5412: #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
        !          5413:                      /* If we need a memory location to do the move, do it that way.  */
        !          5414:                      else if (GET_CODE (reloadreg) == REG
        !          5415:                               && REGNO (reloadreg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
        !          5416:                               && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (reloadreg)),
        !          5417:                                           REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (second_reloadreg)),
        !          5418:                                           GET_MODE (second_reloadreg)))
        !          5419:                        {
        !          5420:                          /* Get the memory to use and rewrite both registers
        !          5421:                             to its mode.  */
        !          5422:                          rtx loc = get_secondary_mem (reloadreg,
        !          5423:                                                       GET_MODE (second_reloadreg));
        !          5424:                          rtx tmp_reloadreg;
        !          5425:                            
        !          5426:                          if (GET_MODE (loc) != GET_MODE (second_reloadreg))
        !          5427:                            second_reloadreg = gen_rtx (REG, GET_MODE (loc),
        !          5428:                                                        REGNO (second_reloadreg));
        !          5429:                          
        !          5430:                          if (GET_MODE (loc) != GET_MODE (reloadreg))
        !          5431:                            tmp_reloadreg = gen_rtx (REG, GET_MODE (loc),
        !          5432:                                                     REGNO (reloadreg));
        !          5433:                          else
        !          5434:                            tmp_reloadreg = reloadreg;
        !          5435:                          
        !          5436:                          emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (loc, second_reloadreg),
        !          5437:                                            first_output_reload_insn);
        !          5438:                          pat = gen_move_insn (tmp_reloadreg, loc);
        !          5439:                        }
        !          5440: #endif
1.1.1.2   root     5441:                      else
                   5442:                        pat = gen_move_insn (reloadreg, second_reloadreg);
                   5443: 
                   5444:                      emit_insn_before (pat, first_output_reload_insn);
                   5445:                    }
1.1       root     5446:                }
                   5447:            }
                   5448: #endif
                   5449: 
                   5450:          /* Output the last reload insn.  */
                   5451:          if (! special)
1.1.1.4 ! root     5452:            {
        !          5453: #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
        !          5454:              /* If we need a memory location to do the move, do it that way.  */
        !          5455:              if (GET_CODE (old) == REG && REGNO (old) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
        !          5456:                  && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (old)),
        !          5457:                                              REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (reloadreg)),
        !          5458:                                              GET_MODE (reloadreg)))
        !          5459:                {
        !          5460:                  /* Get the memory to use and rewrite both registers to
        !          5461:                     its mode.  */
        !          5462:                  rtx loc = get_secondary_mem (old, GET_MODE (reloadreg));
        !          5463: 
        !          5464:                  if (GET_MODE (loc) != GET_MODE (reloadreg))
        !          5465:                    reloadreg = gen_rtx (REG, GET_MODE (loc),
        !          5466:                                         REGNO (reloadreg));
        !          5467: 
        !          5468:                  if (GET_MODE (loc) != GET_MODE (old))
        !          5469:                    old = gen_rtx (REG, GET_MODE (loc), REGNO (old));
        !          5470: 
        !          5471:                  emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (loc, reloadreg),
        !          5472:                                    first_output_reload_insn);
        !          5473:                  emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (old, loc),
        !          5474:                                    first_output_reload_insn);
        !          5475:                }
        !          5476:              else
        !          5477: #endif
        !          5478:                emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (old, reloadreg),
        !          5479:                                  first_output_reload_insn);
        !          5480:            }
1.1       root     5481: 
                   5482: #ifdef PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P
                   5483:          /* If final will look at death notes for this reg,
                   5484:             put one on the last output-reload insn to use it.  Similarly
                   5485:             for any secondary register.  */
                   5486:          if (PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P (REGNO (reloadreg)))
                   5487:            for (p = PREV_INSN (first_output_reload_insn);
                   5488:                 p != prev_insn; p = PREV_INSN (p))
                   5489:              if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
1.1.1.3   root     5490:                  && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (reloadreg,
                   5491:                                                         PATTERN (p)))
1.1       root     5492:                REG_NOTES (p) = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_DEAD,
                   5493:                                         reloadreg, REG_NOTES (p));
                   5494: 
                   5495: #ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
                   5496:          if (! special
                   5497:              && PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P (REGNO (second_reloadreg)))
                   5498:            for (p = PREV_INSN (first_output_reload_insn);
                   5499:                 p != prev_insn; p = PREV_INSN (p))
                   5500:              if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i'
1.1.1.3   root     5501:                  && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (second_reloadreg,
                   5502:                                                         PATTERN (p)))
1.1       root     5503:                REG_NOTES (p) = gen_rtx (EXPR_LIST, REG_DEAD,
                   5504:                                         second_reloadreg, REG_NOTES (p));
                   5505: #endif
                   5506: #endif
                   5507:          /* Look at all insns we emitted, just to be safe.  */
                   5508:          for (p = NEXT_INSN (prev_insn); p != first_output_reload_insn;
                   5509:               p = NEXT_INSN (p))
                   5510:            if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i')
                   5511:              {
                   5512:                /* If this output reload doesn't come from a spill reg,
                   5513:                   clear any memory of reloaded copies of the pseudo reg.
                   5514:                   If this output reload comes from a spill reg,
                   5515:                   reg_has_output_reload will make this do nothing.  */
                   5516:                note_stores (PATTERN (p), forget_old_reloads_1);
                   5517: 
                   5518:                if (reg_mentioned_p (reload_reg_rtx[j], PATTERN (p)))
                   5519:                  store_insn = p;
                   5520:              }
                   5521: 
                   5522:          first_output_reload_insn = NEXT_INSN (prev_insn);
                   5523:        }
                   5524: 
                   5525:       if (reload_spill_index[j] >= 0)
                   5526:        new_spill_reg_store[reload_spill_index[j]] = store_insn;
                   5527:     }
                   5528: 
                   5529:   /* Move death notes from INSN
                   5530:      to output-operand-address and output reload insns.  */
                   5531: #ifdef PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P
                   5532:   {
                   5533:     rtx insn1;
                   5534:     /* Loop over those insns, last ones first.  */
                   5535:     for (insn1 = PREV_INSN (following_insn); insn1 != insn;
                   5536:         insn1 = PREV_INSN (insn1))
                   5537:       if (GET_CODE (insn1) == INSN && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn1)) == SET)
                   5538:        {
                   5539:          rtx source = SET_SRC (PATTERN (insn1));
                   5540:          rtx dest = SET_DEST (PATTERN (insn1));
                   5541: 
                   5542:          /* The note we will examine next.  */
                   5543:          rtx reg_notes = REG_NOTES (insn);
                   5544:          /* The place that pointed to this note.  */
                   5545:          rtx *prev_reg_note = &REG_NOTES (insn);
                   5546: 
                   5547:          /* If the note is for something used in the source of this
                   5548:             reload insn, or in the output address, move the note.  */
                   5549:          while (reg_notes)
                   5550:            {
                   5551:              rtx next_reg_notes = XEXP (reg_notes, 1);
                   5552:              if (REG_NOTE_KIND (reg_notes) == REG_DEAD
                   5553:                  && GET_CODE (XEXP (reg_notes, 0)) == REG
                   5554:                  && ((GET_CODE (dest) != REG
1.1.1.3   root     5555:                       && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (reg_notes, 0),
                   5556:                                                              dest))
                   5557:                      || reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (reg_notes, 0),
                   5558:                                                             source)))
1.1       root     5559:                {
                   5560:                  *prev_reg_note = next_reg_notes;
                   5561:                  XEXP (reg_notes, 1) = REG_NOTES (insn1);
                   5562:                  REG_NOTES (insn1) = reg_notes;
                   5563:                }
                   5564:              else
                   5565:                prev_reg_note = &XEXP (reg_notes, 1);
                   5566: 
                   5567:              reg_notes = next_reg_notes;
                   5568:            }
                   5569:        }
                   5570:   }
                   5571: #endif
                   5572: 
                   5573:   /* For all the spill regs newly reloaded in this instruction,
                   5574:      record what they were reloaded from, so subsequent instructions
                   5575:      can inherit the reloads.
                   5576: 
                   5577:      Update spill_reg_store for the reloads of this insn.
                   5578:      Copy the elements that were updated in the loop above.  */
                   5579: 
                   5580:   for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   5581:     {
                   5582:       register int r = reload_order[j];
                   5583:       register int i = reload_spill_index[r];
                   5584: 
                   5585:       /* I is nonneg if this reload used one of the spill regs.
                   5586:         If reload_reg_rtx[r] is 0, this is an optional reload
                   5587:         that we opted to ignore.  */
                   5588: 
                   5589:       if (i >= 0 && reload_reg_rtx[r] != 0)
                   5590:        {
                   5591:          /* First, clear out memory of what used to be in this spill reg.
                   5592:             If consecutive registers are used, clear them all.  */
                   5593:          int nr
                   5594:            = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (spill_regs[i], GET_MODE (reload_reg_rtx[r]));
                   5595:          int k;
                   5596: 
                   5597:          for (k = 0; k < nr; k++)
                   5598:            {
                   5599:              reg_reloaded_contents[spill_reg_order[spill_regs[i] + k]] = -1;
                   5600:              reg_reloaded_insn[spill_reg_order[spill_regs[i] + k]] = 0;
                   5601:            }
                   5602: 
                   5603:          /* Maybe the spill reg contains a copy of reload_out.  */
                   5604:          if (reload_out[r] != 0 && GET_CODE (reload_out[r]) == REG)
                   5605:            {
                   5606:              register int nregno = REGNO (reload_out[r]);
                   5607: 
                   5608:              spill_reg_store[i] = new_spill_reg_store[i];
                   5609:              reg_last_reload_reg[nregno] = reload_reg_rtx[r];
                   5610: 
                   5611:              for (k = 0; k < nr; k++)
                   5612:                {
                   5613:                  reg_reloaded_contents[spill_reg_order[spill_regs[i] + k]]
                   5614:                    = nregno;
                   5615:                  reg_reloaded_insn[spill_reg_order[spill_regs[i] + k]] = insn;
                   5616:                }
                   5617:            }
                   5618: 
                   5619:          /* Maybe the spill reg contains a copy of reload_in.  */
                   5620:          else if (reload_out[r] == 0
                   5621:                   && reload_in[r] != 0
                   5622:                   && (GET_CODE (reload_in[r]) == REG
                   5623:                       || GET_CODE (reload_in_reg[r]) == REG))
                   5624:            {
                   5625:              register int nregno;
                   5626:              if (GET_CODE (reload_in[r]) == REG)
                   5627:                nregno = REGNO (reload_in[r]);
                   5628:              else
                   5629:                nregno = REGNO (reload_in_reg[r]);
                   5630: 
                   5631:              /* If there are two separate reloads (one in and one out)
                   5632:                 for the same (hard or pseudo) reg,
                   5633:                 leave reg_last_reload_reg set
                   5634:                 based on the output reload.
                   5635:                 Otherwise, set it from this input reload.  */
                   5636:              if (!reg_has_output_reload[nregno]
                   5637:                  /* But don't do so if another input reload
                   5638:                     will clobber this one's value.  */
                   5639:                  && reload_reg_reaches_end_p (spill_regs[i],
                   5640:                                               reload_when_needed[r]))
                   5641:                {
                   5642:                  reg_last_reload_reg[nregno] = reload_reg_rtx[r];
                   5643: 
                   5644:                  /* Unless we inherited this reload, show we haven't
                   5645:                     recently done a store.  */
                   5646:                  if (! reload_inherited[r])
                   5647:                    spill_reg_store[i] = 0;
                   5648: 
                   5649:                  for (k = 0; k < nr; k++)
                   5650:                    {
                   5651:                      reg_reloaded_contents[spill_reg_order[spill_regs[i] + k]]
                   5652:                        = nregno;
                   5653:                      reg_reloaded_insn[spill_reg_order[spill_regs[i] + k]]
                   5654:                        = insn;
                   5655:                    }
                   5656:                }
                   5657:            }
                   5658:        }
                   5659: 
                   5660:       /* The following if-statement was #if 0'd in 1.34 (or before...).
                   5661:         It's reenabled in 1.35 because supposedly nothing else
                   5662:         deals with this problem.  */
                   5663: 
                   5664:       /* If a register gets output-reloaded from a non-spill register,
                   5665:         that invalidates any previous reloaded copy of it.
                   5666:         But forget_old_reloads_1 won't get to see it, because
                   5667:         it thinks only about the original insn.  So invalidate it here.  */
                   5668:       if (i < 0 && reload_out[r] != 0 && GET_CODE (reload_out[r]) == REG)
                   5669:        {
                   5670:          register int nregno = REGNO (reload_out[r]);
                   5671:          reg_last_reload_reg[nregno] = 0;
                   5672:        }
                   5673:     }
                   5674: }
                   5675: 
                   5676: /* Emit code before BEFORE_INSN to perform an input reload of IN to RELOADREG.
                   5677:    Returns first insn emitted.  */
                   5678: 
                   5679: rtx
                   5680: gen_input_reload (reloadreg, in, before_insn)
                   5681:      rtx reloadreg;
                   5682:      rtx in;
                   5683:      rtx before_insn;
                   5684: {
                   5685:   register rtx prev_insn = PREV_INSN (before_insn);
                   5686: 
                   5687:   /* How to do this reload can get quite tricky.  Normally, we are being
                   5688:      asked to reload a simple operand, such as a MEM, a constant, or a pseudo
                   5689:      register that didn't get a hard register.  In that case we can just
                   5690:      call emit_move_insn.
                   5691: 
                   5692:      We can also be asked to reload a PLUS that adds either two registers or
                   5693:      a register and a constant or MEM.  This can occur during frame pointer
                   5694:      elimination.  That case if handled by trying to emit a single insn
                   5695:      to perform the add.  If it is not valid, we use a two insn sequence.
                   5696: 
                   5697:      Finally, we could be called to handle an 'o' constraint by putting
                   5698:      an address into a register.  In that case, we first try to do this
                   5699:      with a named pattern of "reload_load_address".  If no such pattern
                   5700:      exists, we just emit a SET insn and hope for the best (it will normally
                   5701:      be valid on machines that use 'o').
                   5702: 
                   5703:      This entire process is made complex because reload will never
                   5704:      process the insns we generate here and so we must ensure that
                   5705:      they will fit their constraints and also by the fact that parts of
                   5706:      IN might be being reloaded separately and replaced with spill registers.
                   5707:      Because of this, we are, in some sense, just guessing the right approach
                   5708:      here.  The one listed above seems to work.
                   5709: 
                   5710:      ??? At some point, this whole thing needs to be rethought.  */
                   5711: 
                   5712:   if (GET_CODE (in) == PLUS
                   5713:       && GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == REG
                   5714:       && (GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 1)) == REG
                   5715:          || CONSTANT_P (XEXP (in, 1))
                   5716:          || GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 1)) == MEM))
                   5717:     {
                   5718:       /* We need to compute the sum of what is either a register and a
                   5719:         constant, a register and memory, or a hard register and a pseudo
                   5720:         register and put it into the reload register.  The best possible way
                   5721:         of doing this is if the machine has a three-operand ADD insn that
                   5722:         accepts the required operands.
                   5723: 
                   5724:         The simplest approach is to try to generate such an insn and see if it
                   5725:         is recognized and matches its constraints.  If so, it can be used.
                   5726: 
                   5727:         It might be better not to actually emit the insn unless it is valid,
1.1.1.2   root     5728:         but we need to pass the insn as an operand to `recog' and
1.1.1.4 ! root     5729:         `insn_extract' and it is simpler to emit and then delete the insn if
1.1.1.2   root     5730:         not valid than to dummy things up.  */
1.1       root     5731: 
1.1.1.3   root     5732:       rtx op0, op1, tem, insn;
1.1       root     5733:       int code;
                   5734: 
1.1.1.3   root     5735:       op0 = find_replacement (&XEXP (in, 0));
                   5736:       op1 = find_replacement (&XEXP (in, 1));
                   5737: 
1.1       root     5738:       /* Since constraint checking is strict, commutativity won't be
                   5739:         checked, so we need to do that here to avoid spurious failure
                   5740:         if the add instruction is two-address and the second operand
                   5741:         of the add is the same as the reload reg, which is frequently
                   5742:         the case.  If the insn would be A = B + A, rearrange it so
                   5743:         it will be A = A + B as constrain_operands expects. */
                   5744: 
                   5745:       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 1)) == REG
                   5746:          && REGNO (reloadreg) == REGNO (XEXP (in, 1)))
1.1.1.3   root     5747:        tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
                   5748: 
                   5749:       if (op0 != XEXP (in, 0) || op1 != XEXP (in, 1))
                   5750:        in = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (in), op0, op1);
1.1       root     5751: 
                   5752:       insn = emit_insn_before (gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode, reloadreg, in),
                   5753:                                   before_insn);
                   5754:       code = recog_memoized (insn);
                   5755: 
                   5756:       if (code >= 0)
                   5757:        {
                   5758:          insn_extract (insn);
                   5759:          /* We want constrain operands to treat this insn strictly in
                   5760:             its validity determination, i.e., the way it would after reload
                   5761:             has completed.  */
                   5762:          if (constrain_operands (code, 1))
                   5763:            return insn;
                   5764:        }
                   5765: 
                   5766:       if (PREV_INSN (insn))
                   5767:        NEXT_INSN (PREV_INSN (insn)) = NEXT_INSN (insn);
                   5768:       if (NEXT_INSN (insn))
                   5769:        PREV_INSN (NEXT_INSN (insn)) = PREV_INSN (insn);
                   5770: 
                   5771:       /* If that failed, we must use a conservative two-insn sequence.
                   5772:         use move to copy constant, MEM, or pseudo register to the reload
1.1.1.3   root     5773:         register since "move" will be able to handle an arbitrary operand,
                   5774:         unlike add which can't, in general.  Then add the registers.
1.1       root     5775: 
                   5776:         If there is another way to do this for a specific machine, a
                   5777:         DEFINE_PEEPHOLE should be specified that recognizes the sequence
                   5778:         we emit below.  */
                   5779: 
1.1.1.3   root     5780:       if (CONSTANT_P (op1) || GET_CODE (op1) == MEM
                   5781:          || (GET_CODE (op1) == REG
                   5782:              && REGNO (op1) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
                   5783:        tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
1.1       root     5784: 
1.1.1.3   root     5785:       emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (reloadreg, op0), before_insn);
1.1.1.4 ! root     5786: 
        !          5787:       /* If OP0 and OP1 are the same, we can use RELOADREG for OP1.
        !          5788:         This fixes a problem on the 32K where the stack pointer cannot
        !          5789:         be used as an operand of an add insn.  */
        !          5790: 
        !          5791:       if (rtx_equal_p (op0, op1))
        !          5792:        op1 = reloadreg;
        !          5793: 
1.1.1.3   root     5794:       emit_insn_before (gen_add2_insn (reloadreg, op1), before_insn);
1.1       root     5795:     }
                   5796: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     5797: #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
        !          5798:   /* If we need a memory location to do the move, do it that way.  */
        !          5799:   else if (GET_CODE (in) == REG && REGNO (in) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
        !          5800:           && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (in)),
        !          5801:                                       REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (reloadreg)),
        !          5802:                                       GET_MODE (reloadreg)))
        !          5803:     {
        !          5804:       /* Get the memory to use and rewrite both registers to its mode.  */
        !          5805:       rtx loc = get_secondary_mem (in, GET_MODE (reloadreg));
        !          5806: 
        !          5807:       if (GET_MODE (loc) != GET_MODE (reloadreg))
        !          5808:        reloadreg = gen_rtx (REG, GET_MODE (loc), REGNO (reloadreg));
        !          5809: 
        !          5810:       if (GET_MODE (loc) != GET_MODE (in))
        !          5811:        in = gen_rtx (REG, GET_MODE (loc), REGNO (in));
        !          5812: 
        !          5813:       emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (loc, in), before_insn);
        !          5814:       emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (reloadreg, loc), before_insn);
        !          5815:     }
        !          5816: #endif
        !          5817: 
1.1       root     5818:   /* If IN is a simple operand, use gen_move_insn.  */
                   5819:   else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (in)) == 'o' || GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG)
                   5820:     emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (reloadreg, in), before_insn);
                   5821: 
                   5822: #ifdef HAVE_reload_load_address
                   5823:   else if (HAVE_reload_load_address)
                   5824:     emit_insn_before (gen_reload_load_address (reloadreg, in), before_insn);
                   5825: #endif
                   5826: 
                   5827:   /* Otherwise, just write (set REGLOADREG IN) and hope for the best.  */
                   5828:   else
                   5829:     emit_insn_before (gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode, reloadreg, in), before_insn);
                   5830: 
                   5831:   /* Return the first insn emitted.
                   5832:      We can not just return PREV_INSN (before_insn), because there may have
                   5833:      been multiple instructions emitted.  Also note that gen_move_insn may
                   5834:      emit more than one insn itself, so we can not assume that there is one
                   5835:      insn emitted per emit_insn_before call.  */
                   5836: 
                   5837:   return NEXT_INSN (prev_insn);
                   5838: }
                   5839: 
                   5840: /* Delete a previously made output-reload
                   5841:    whose result we now believe is not needed.
                   5842:    First we double-check.
                   5843: 
                   5844:    INSN is the insn now being processed.
                   5845:    OUTPUT_RELOAD_INSN is the insn of the output reload.
                   5846:    J is the reload-number for this insn.  */
                   5847: 
                   5848: static void
                   5849: delete_output_reload (insn, j, output_reload_insn)
                   5850:      rtx insn;
                   5851:      int j;
                   5852:      rtx output_reload_insn;
                   5853: {
                   5854:   register rtx i1;
                   5855: 
                   5856:   /* Get the raw pseudo-register referred to.  */
                   5857: 
                   5858:   rtx reg = reload_in[j];
                   5859:   while (GET_CODE (reg) == SUBREG)
                   5860:     reg = SUBREG_REG (reg);
                   5861: 
                   5862:   /* If the pseudo-reg we are reloading is no longer referenced
                   5863:      anywhere between the store into it and here,
                   5864:      and no jumps or labels intervene, then the value can get
                   5865:      here through the reload reg alone.
                   5866:      Otherwise, give up--return.  */
                   5867:   for (i1 = NEXT_INSN (output_reload_insn);
                   5868:        i1 != insn; i1 = NEXT_INSN (i1))
                   5869:     {
                   5870:       if (GET_CODE (i1) == CODE_LABEL || GET_CODE (i1) == JUMP_INSN)
                   5871:        return;
                   5872:       if ((GET_CODE (i1) == INSN || GET_CODE (i1) == CALL_INSN)
                   5873:          && reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (i1)))
                   5874:        return;
                   5875:     }
                   5876: 
                   5877:   /* If this insn will store in the pseudo again,
                   5878:      the previous store can be removed.  */
                   5879:   if (reload_out[j] == reload_in[j])
                   5880:     delete_insn (output_reload_insn);
                   5881: 
                   5882:   /* See if the pseudo reg has been completely replaced
                   5883:      with reload regs.  If so, delete the store insn
                   5884:      and forget we had a stack slot for the pseudo.  */
                   5885:   else if (reg_n_deaths[REGNO (reg)] == 1
                   5886:           && reg_basic_block[REGNO (reg)] >= 0
                   5887:           && find_regno_note (insn, REG_DEAD, REGNO (reg)))
                   5888:     {
                   5889:       rtx i2;
                   5890: 
                   5891:       /* We know that it was used only between here
                   5892:         and the beginning of the current basic block.
                   5893:         (We also know that the last use before INSN was
                   5894:         the output reload we are thinking of deleting, but never mind that.)
                   5895:         Search that range; see if any ref remains.  */
                   5896:       for (i2 = PREV_INSN (insn); i2; i2 = PREV_INSN (i2))
                   5897:        {
                   5898:          rtx set = single_set (i2);
                   5899: 
                   5900:          /* Uses which just store in the pseudo don't count,
                   5901:             since if they are the only uses, they are dead.  */
                   5902:          if (set != 0 && SET_DEST (set) == reg)
                   5903:            continue;
                   5904:          if (GET_CODE (i2) == CODE_LABEL
                   5905:              || GET_CODE (i2) == JUMP_INSN)
                   5906:            break;
                   5907:          if ((GET_CODE (i2) == INSN || GET_CODE (i2) == CALL_INSN)
                   5908:              && reg_mentioned_p (reg, PATTERN (i2)))
                   5909:            /* Some other ref remains;
                   5910:               we can't do anything.  */
                   5911:            return;
                   5912:        }
                   5913: 
                   5914:       /* Delete the now-dead stores into this pseudo.  */
                   5915:       for (i2 = PREV_INSN (insn); i2; i2 = PREV_INSN (i2))
                   5916:        {
                   5917:          rtx set = single_set (i2);
                   5918: 
                   5919:          if (set != 0 && SET_DEST (set) == reg)
                   5920:            delete_insn (i2);
                   5921:          if (GET_CODE (i2) == CODE_LABEL
                   5922:              || GET_CODE (i2) == JUMP_INSN)
                   5923:            break;
                   5924:        }
                   5925: 
                   5926:       /* For the debugging info,
                   5927:         say the pseudo lives in this reload reg.  */
                   5928:       reg_renumber[REGNO (reg)] = REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[j]);
                   5929:       alter_reg (REGNO (reg), -1);
                   5930:     }
                   5931: }
                   5932: 
                   5933: 
                   5934: /* Output reload-insns to reload VALUE into RELOADREG.
1.1.1.4 ! root     5935:    VALUE is an autoincrement or autodecrement RTX whose operand
1.1       root     5936:    is a register or memory location;
                   5937:    so reloading involves incrementing that location.
                   5938: 
                   5939:    INC_AMOUNT is the number to increment or decrement by (always positive).
                   5940:    This cannot be deduced from VALUE.
                   5941: 
                   5942:    INSN is the insn before which the new insns should be emitted.
                   5943: 
                   5944:    The return value is the first of the insns emitted.  */
                   5945: 
                   5946: static rtx
                   5947: inc_for_reload (reloadreg, value, inc_amount, insn)
                   5948:      rtx reloadreg;
                   5949:      rtx value;
                   5950:      int inc_amount;
                   5951:      rtx insn;
                   5952: {
                   5953:   /* REG or MEM to be copied and incremented.  */
                   5954:   rtx incloc = XEXP (value, 0);
                   5955:   /* Nonzero if increment after copying.  */
                   5956:   int post = (GET_CODE (value) == POST_DEC || GET_CODE (value) == POST_INC);
1.1.1.2   root     5957:   rtx prev = PREV_INSN (insn);
                   5958:   rtx inc;
                   5959:   rtx add_insn;
1.1.1.3   root     5960:   int code;
1.1       root     5961: 
                   5962:   /* No hard register is equivalent to this register after
                   5963:      inc/dec operation.  If REG_LAST_RELOAD_REG were non-zero,
                   5964:      we could inc/dec that register as well (maybe even using it for
                   5965:      the source), but I'm not sure it's worth worrying about.  */
                   5966:   if (GET_CODE (incloc) == REG)
                   5967:     reg_last_reload_reg[REGNO (incloc)] = 0;
                   5968: 
                   5969:   if (GET_CODE (value) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (value) == POST_DEC)
                   5970:     inc_amount = - inc_amount;
                   5971: 
1.1.1.4 ! root     5972:   inc = GEN_INT (inc_amount);
1.1.1.2   root     5973: 
                   5974:   /* If this is post-increment, first copy the location to the reload reg.  */
                   5975:   if (post)
                   5976:     emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (reloadreg, incloc), insn);
                   5977: 
                   5978:   /* See if we can directly increment INCLOC.  Use a method similar to that
                   5979:      in gen_input_reload.  */
                   5980: 
                   5981:   add_insn = emit_insn_before (gen_rtx (SET, VOIDmode, incloc,
                   5982:                                        gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (incloc),
                   5983:                                                 incloc, inc)), insn);
                   5984:                                                          
                   5985:   code = recog_memoized (add_insn);
                   5986:   if (code >= 0)
1.1       root     5987:     {
1.1.1.2   root     5988:       insn_extract (add_insn);
                   5989:       if (constrain_operands (code, 1))
                   5990:        {
                   5991:          /* If this is a pre-increment and we have incremented the value
                   5992:             where it lives, copy the incremented value to RELOADREG to
                   5993:             be used as an address.  */
                   5994: 
                   5995:          if (! post)
                   5996:            emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (reloadreg, incloc), insn);
                   5997:          return NEXT_INSN (prev);
1.1       root     5998:        }
1.1.1.2   root     5999:     }
                   6000: 
                   6001:   if (PREV_INSN (add_insn))
                   6002:     NEXT_INSN (PREV_INSN (add_insn)) = NEXT_INSN (add_insn);
                   6003:   if (NEXT_INSN (add_insn))
                   6004:     PREV_INSN (NEXT_INSN (add_insn)) = PREV_INSN (add_insn);
                   6005: 
                   6006:   /* If couldn't do the increment directly, must increment in RELOADREG.
                   6007:      The way we do this depends on whether this is pre- or post-increment.
                   6008:      For pre-increment, copy INCLOC to the reload register, increment it
                   6009:      there, then save back.  */
                   6010: 
                   6011:   if (! post)
                   6012:     {
                   6013:       emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (reloadreg, incloc), insn);
                   6014:       emit_insn_before (gen_add2_insn (reloadreg, inc), insn);
                   6015:       emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (incloc, reloadreg), insn);
                   6016:     }
1.1       root     6017:   else
                   6018:     {
1.1.1.2   root     6019:       /* Postincrement.
                   6020:         Because this might be a jump insn or a compare, and because RELOADREG
                   6021:         may not be available after the insn in an input reload, we must do
                   6022:         the incrementation before the insn being reloaded for.
                   6023: 
                   6024:         We have already copied INCLOC to RELOADREG.  Increment the copy in
                   6025:         RELOADREG, save that back, then decrement RELOADREG so it has
                   6026:         the original value.  */
                   6027: 
                   6028:       emit_insn_before (gen_add2_insn (reloadreg, inc), insn);
                   6029:       emit_insn_before (gen_move_insn (incloc, reloadreg), insn);
1.1.1.4 ! root     6030:       emit_insn_before (gen_add2_insn (reloadreg, GEN_INT (-inc_amount)),
1.1.1.2   root     6031:                        insn);
1.1       root     6032:     }
1.1.1.2   root     6033: 
                   6034:   return NEXT_INSN (prev);
1.1       root     6035: }
                   6036: 
                   6037: /* Return 1 if we are certain that the constraint-string STRING allows
                   6038:    the hard register REG.  Return 0 if we can't be sure of this.  */
                   6039: 
                   6040: static int
                   6041: constraint_accepts_reg_p (string, reg)
                   6042:      char *string;
                   6043:      rtx reg;
                   6044: {
                   6045:   int value = 0;
                   6046:   int regno = true_regnum (reg);
                   6047:   int c;
                   6048: 
                   6049:   /* Initialize for first alternative.  */
                   6050:   value = 0;
                   6051:   /* Check that each alternative contains `g' or `r'.  */
                   6052:   while (1)
                   6053:     switch (c = *string++)
                   6054:       {
                   6055:       case 0:
                   6056:        /* If an alternative lacks `g' or `r', we lose.  */
                   6057:        return value;
                   6058:       case ',':
                   6059:        /* If an alternative lacks `g' or `r', we lose.  */
                   6060:        if (value == 0)
                   6061:          return 0;
                   6062:        /* Initialize for next alternative.  */
                   6063:        value = 0;
                   6064:        break;
                   6065:       case 'g':
                   6066:       case 'r':
                   6067:        /* Any general reg wins for this alternative.  */
                   6068:        if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) GENERAL_REGS], regno))
                   6069:          value = 1;
                   6070:        break;
                   6071:       default:
                   6072:        /* Any reg in specified class wins for this alternative.  */
                   6073:        {
1.1.1.3   root     6074:          enum reg_class class = REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (c);
1.1       root     6075: 
1.1.1.3   root     6076:          if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], regno))
1.1       root     6077:            value = 1;
                   6078:        }
                   6079:       }
                   6080: }
                   6081: 
                   6082: /* Return the number of places FIND appears within X, but don't count
                   6083:    an occurrence if some SET_DEST is FIND.  */
                   6084: 
                   6085: static int
                   6086: count_occurrences (x, find)
                   6087:      register rtx x, find;
                   6088: {
                   6089:   register int i, j;
                   6090:   register enum rtx_code code;
                   6091:   register char *format_ptr;
                   6092:   int count;
                   6093: 
                   6094:   if (x == find)
                   6095:     return 1;
                   6096:   if (x == 0)
                   6097:     return 0;
                   6098: 
                   6099:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   6100: 
                   6101:   switch (code)
                   6102:     {
                   6103:     case REG:
                   6104:     case QUEUED:
                   6105:     case CONST_INT:
                   6106:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   6107:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   6108:     case CODE_LABEL:
                   6109:     case PC:
                   6110:     case CC0:
                   6111:       return 0;
                   6112: 
                   6113:     case SET:
                   6114:       if (SET_DEST (x) == find)
                   6115:        return count_occurrences (SET_SRC (x), find);
                   6116:       break;
                   6117:     }
                   6118: 
                   6119:   format_ptr = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   6120:   count = 0;
                   6121: 
                   6122:   for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++)
                   6123:     {
                   6124:       switch (*format_ptr++)
                   6125:        {
                   6126:        case 'e':
                   6127:          count += count_occurrences (XEXP (x, i), find);
                   6128:          break;
                   6129: 
                   6130:        case 'E':
                   6131:          if (XVEC (x, i) != NULL)
                   6132:            {
                   6133:              for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++)
                   6134:                count += count_occurrences (XVECEXP (x, i, j), find);
                   6135:            }
                   6136:          break;
                   6137:        }
                   6138:     }
                   6139:   return count;
                   6140: }

unix.superglobalmegacorp.com

This archive runs on limited infrastructure. Preserving old code on modern bandwidth. Automated agents are requested to crawl responsibly.